1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 290 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 291 Kind, S, SS, Validator, 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 384 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 385 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 386 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 387 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 388 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 389 // Construct a type with type-source information. 390 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 391 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 392 393 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 394 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 395 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 396 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 397 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 398 } else { 399 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 400 } 401 } 402 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 403 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 404 if (!HasTrailingDot) 405 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 406 } 407 408 if (T.isNull()) { 409 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 410 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 411 return ParsedType(); 412 } 413 return ParsedType::make(T); 414 } 415 416 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 417 static NestedNameSpecifier * 418 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 419 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 420 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 421 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 422 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 423 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 424 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 425 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 426 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 427 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 428 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 429 } 430 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 431 } 432 433 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 434 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 435 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 436 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 437 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 438 439 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 440 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 441 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 442 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 443 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 444 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 445 446 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 447 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 448 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 449 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 450 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 451 452 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 453 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 454 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 455 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 456 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 457 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 458 } 459 460 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 461 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 462 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 463 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 464 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 465 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 466 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 467 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 468 LookupName(R, S, false); 469 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 470 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 471 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 472 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 473 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 474 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 475 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 476 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 477 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 478 } 479 } 480 481 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 482 } 483 484 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 485 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 486 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 487 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 488 /// @code 489 /// template<class T> class A { 490 /// public: 491 /// typedef int TYPE; 492 /// }; 493 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 494 /// public: 495 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 496 /// }; 497 /// @endcode 498 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 499 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 500 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 501 502 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 503 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 504 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 505 return true; 506 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 507 } 508 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 509 } 510 511 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 512 SourceLocation IILoc, 513 Scope *S, 514 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 515 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 516 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 517 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 518 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 519 520 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 521 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 522 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 523 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 524 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 525 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 526 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 527 // We corrected to a keyword. 528 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 529 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 530 } else { 531 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 532 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 534 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 535 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 536 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 537 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 538 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 539 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 540 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 541 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 542 } else { 543 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 544 } 545 546 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 547 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 548 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 549 SourceRange(IILoc)); 550 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 551 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 552 false, ParsedType(), 553 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 554 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 555 } 556 return; 557 } 558 559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 560 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 561 UnqualifiedId Name; 562 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 563 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 564 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 565 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 566 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 567 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 568 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 569 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 570 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 571 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 572 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 573 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 574 } 575 return; 576 } 577 } 578 579 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 580 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 581 582 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 583 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 584 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 585 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 586 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 587 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 588 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 589 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 590 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 591 592 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 593 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 594 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 596 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 597 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 598 } else { 599 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 600 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 601 } 602 } 603 604 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 605 /// or 606 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 607 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 608 NextToken.is(tok::less); 609 610 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 611 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 612 return true; 613 614 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 615 return true; 616 } 617 618 return false; 619 } 620 621 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 622 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 623 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 624 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 625 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 626 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 627 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 628 StringRef FixItTagName; 629 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 630 case TTK_Class: 631 FixItTagName = "class "; 632 break; 633 634 case TTK_Enum: 635 FixItTagName = "enum "; 636 break; 637 638 case TTK_Struct: 639 FixItTagName = "struct "; 640 break; 641 642 case TTK_Interface: 643 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 644 break; 645 646 case TTK_Union: 647 FixItTagName = "union "; 648 break; 649 } 650 651 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 652 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 653 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 654 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 657 I != IEnd; ++I) 658 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 659 << Name << TagName; 660 661 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 662 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 663 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 664 return true; 665 } 666 667 return false; 668 } 669 670 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 671 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 672 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 673 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 674 675 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 676 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 677 678 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 679 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 680 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 681 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 682 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 683 } 684 685 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 686 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 687 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 688 SourceLocation NameLoc, 689 const Token &NextToken, 690 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 691 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 692 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 693 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 694 695 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 696 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 697 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 698 } 699 700 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 701 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 702 703 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 704 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 705 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 706 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 707 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 708 return TypeInBase; 709 } 710 711 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 712 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 713 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 714 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 715 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 716 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 717 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 bool SecondTry = false; 722 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 723 724 Corrected: 725 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 726 case LookupResult::NotFound: 727 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 728 // call. 729 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 730 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 731 // FIXME: Reference? 732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 733 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 734 735 // C90 6.3.2.2: 736 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 737 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 738 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 739 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 740 // the function call, the declaration 741 // 742 // extern int identifier (); 743 // 744 // appeared. 745 // 746 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 747 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 748 Result.addDecl(D); 749 Result.resolveKind(); 750 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 751 } 752 } 753 754 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 755 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 756 // "struct", or "union". 757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 758 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 759 break; 760 } 761 762 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 763 // close to this name. 764 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 765 SecondTry = true; 766 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 767 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 768 &SS, *CCC, 769 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 770 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 771 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 772 773 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 774 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 775 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 777 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 778 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 779 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 780 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 781 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 782 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 783 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 784 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 785 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 786 } 787 788 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 789 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 790 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 791 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 792 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 793 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 794 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 795 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 796 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 797 } 798 799 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 800 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 801 802 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 803 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 804 return Name; 805 806 // Also update the LookupResult... 807 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 808 Result.clear(); 809 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 810 if (FirstDecl) 811 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 812 813 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 814 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 815 // reference the ivar. 816 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 817 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 818 Result.clear(); 819 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 820 return E; 821 } 822 823 goto Corrected; 824 } 825 } 826 827 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 828 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 829 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 830 831 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 832 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 833 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 834 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 835 836 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 837 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 838 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 839 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 840 // qualified by the keyword typename. 841 // 842 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 843 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 844 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 845 // keyword here. 846 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 847 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 848 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 849 } 850 851 case LookupResult::Found: 852 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 853 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 854 break; 855 856 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 857 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 858 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 859 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 860 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 861 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 862 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 863 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 864 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 865 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 866 // ambiguous. 867 // 868 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 869 // so try again after filtering out template names. 870 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 871 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 872 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 873 break; 874 } 875 } 876 877 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 878 return NameClassification::Error(); 879 } 880 881 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 882 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 883 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 884 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 885 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 886 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 887 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 888 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 889 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 890 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 891 892 if (!Result.empty()) { 893 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 894 bool IsVarTemplate; 895 TemplateName Template; 896 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 897 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 898 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 899 Result.end()); 900 } else { 901 TemplateDecl *TD 902 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 903 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 904 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 905 906 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 907 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 908 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 909 TD); 910 else 911 Template = TemplateName(TD); 912 } 913 914 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 915 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 916 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 917 // to based on which function we selected. 918 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 919 920 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 921 } 922 923 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 924 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 925 } 926 } 927 928 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 929 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 930 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 931 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 932 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 933 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 934 return ParsedType::make(T); 935 } 936 937 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 938 if (!Class) { 939 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 940 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 941 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 942 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 943 } 944 945 if (Class) { 946 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 947 948 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 949 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 950 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 951 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 952 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 953 } 954 955 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 956 return ParsedType::make(T); 957 } 958 959 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 960 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 961 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 962 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 963 964 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 965 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 966 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 967 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 968 (NextIsOp && 969 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 970 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 971 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 972 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 973 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 974 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 975 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 976 return ParsedType::make(T); 977 } 978 979 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 980 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 981 nullptr); 982 983 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 984 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 985 } 986 987 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 988 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 989 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 990 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 991 992 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 993 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 994 // the context we'll need to return to. 995 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 996 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 997 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 998 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 999 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1000 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1001 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1002 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1003 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1004 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1005 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1006 1007 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1008 // lexical context. 1009 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1010 return DC; 1011 1012 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1013 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1014 // class is the context we need to return to. 1015 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1016 DC = RD; 1017 1018 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1019 // declared in. 1020 return DC; 1021 } 1022 1023 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1024 } 1025 1026 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1027 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1028 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1029 CurContext = DC; 1030 S->setEntity(DC); 1031 } 1032 1033 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1034 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1035 1036 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1037 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1038 } 1039 1040 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1041 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1042 /// 1043 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1044 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1045 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1046 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1047 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1049 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1050 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1051 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1052 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1053 // namespace. 1054 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1055 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1056 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1057 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1058 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1059 1060 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1061 1062 #ifndef NDEBUG 1063 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1064 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1065 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1066 #endif 1067 1068 CurContext = DC; 1069 S->setEntity(DC); 1070 } 1071 1072 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1073 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1074 1075 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1076 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1077 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1078 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1079 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1080 1081 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1082 // disappear. 1083 } 1084 1085 1086 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1087 // We assume that the caller has already called 1088 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1089 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1090 if (!FD) 1091 return; 1092 1093 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1094 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1095 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1096 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1097 CurContext = FD; 1098 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1099 1100 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1101 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1102 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1103 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1104 S->AddDecl(Param); 1105 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1106 } 1107 } 1108 } 1109 1110 1111 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1112 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1113 // rather than the top-level class. 1114 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1115 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1116 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1117 } 1118 1119 1120 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1121 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1122 /// 1123 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1124 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1125 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1126 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1127 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1128 /// attribute. 1129 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1130 ASTContext &Context) { 1131 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1135 return true; 1136 1137 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1138 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1139 } 1140 1141 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1142 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1143 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1144 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1145 // scope. 1146 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1147 S = S->getParent(); 1148 1149 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1150 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1151 // into any context. 1152 if (AddToContext) 1153 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1154 1155 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1156 // are function-local declarations. 1157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1158 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1159 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1160 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1161 return; 1162 1163 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1164 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1165 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1166 return; 1167 1168 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1169 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1170 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1171 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1172 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1173 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1174 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1175 1176 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1177 break; 1178 } 1179 } 1180 1181 S->AddDecl(D); 1182 1183 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1184 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1185 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1186 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1187 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1188 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1189 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1190 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1191 continue; 1192 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1193 break; 1194 } 1195 1196 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1197 } else { 1198 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1199 } 1200 } 1201 1202 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1203 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1204 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1205 } 1206 1207 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1208 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1209 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1210 } 1211 1212 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1213 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1214 do { 1215 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1216 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1217 return S; 1218 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1219 1220 return nullptr; 1221 } 1222 1223 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1224 DeclContext*, 1225 ASTContext&); 1226 1227 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1228 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1229 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1230 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1231 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1232 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1233 while (F.hasNext()) { 1234 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1235 1236 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1237 continue; 1238 1239 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1240 continue; 1241 1242 F.erase(); 1243 } 1244 1245 F.done(); 1246 } 1247 1248 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1249 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1250 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1251 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1252 } 1253 1254 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1255 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1256 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1257 while (F.hasNext()) 1258 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1259 F.erase(); 1260 1261 F.done(); 1262 } 1263 1264 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1265 /// @code 1266 /// class S { 1267 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1268 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1269 /// }; 1270 /// @endcode 1271 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1272 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1273 // the decl here. 1274 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1275 return false; 1276 1277 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1278 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1279 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1280 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1281 return false; 1282 } 1283 1284 // We need this to handle 1285 // 1286 // typedef struct { 1287 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1288 // } A; 1289 // 1290 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1291 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1292 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1293 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1294 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1295 // not. 1296 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1297 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1298 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1299 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1300 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1301 return true; 1302 } 1303 DC = DC->getParent(); 1304 } 1305 1306 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1307 } 1308 1309 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1310 // these semantics. 1311 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1312 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1313 return false; 1314 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1315 } 1316 1317 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1318 assert(D); 1319 1320 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1321 return false; 1322 1323 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1324 // of members of class templates. 1325 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1326 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1327 return false; 1328 1329 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1330 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1334 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1335 return false; 1336 } else { 1337 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1338 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1339 return false; 1340 } 1341 1342 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1343 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1344 return false; 1345 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1346 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1347 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1348 // like "inline".) 1349 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1350 return false; 1351 1352 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1353 return false; 1354 1355 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1356 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1357 return false; 1358 } else { 1359 return false; 1360 } 1361 1362 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1363 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1364 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1365 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1366 } 1367 1368 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1369 if (!D) 1370 return; 1371 1372 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1373 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1374 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1375 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1376 } 1377 1378 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1379 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1380 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1381 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1382 } 1383 1384 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1385 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1386 } 1387 1388 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1389 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1390 return false; 1391 1392 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1393 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1397 return true; 1398 1399 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1400 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1401 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1402 return false; 1403 1404 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1405 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 1407 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1408 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1409 1410 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1411 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1412 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1413 return false; 1414 } 1415 1416 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1417 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1418 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1419 return false; 1420 1421 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1422 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1423 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1424 return false; 1425 1426 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1427 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1428 return false; 1429 1430 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1431 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1432 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1433 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1434 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1435 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1436 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1437 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1438 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1439 return false; 1440 } 1441 } 1442 } 1443 } 1444 1445 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1446 } 1447 1448 return true; 1449 } 1450 1451 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1452 FixItHint &Hint) { 1453 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1454 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1455 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1456 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1457 return; 1458 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1459 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1460 } 1461 return; 1462 } 1463 1464 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1465 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1466 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1467 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1468 return; 1469 1470 FixItHint Hint; 1471 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1472 1473 unsigned DiagID; 1474 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1475 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1476 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1477 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1478 else 1479 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1480 1481 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1482 } 1483 1484 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1485 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1486 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1487 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1488 if (L->getStmt() == nullptr) 1489 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1490 } 1491 1492 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1493 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1494 1495 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1496 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1497 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1498 1499 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1500 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1501 1502 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1503 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1504 1505 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1506 1507 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1508 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1509 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1510 1511 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1512 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1513 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1514 1515 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1516 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1517 } 1518 } 1519 1520 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1521 /// 1522 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1523 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1524 /// to the fixed name. 1525 /// 1526 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1527 /// 1528 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1529 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1530 /// 1531 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1532 /// class could not be found. 1533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1534 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1535 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1536 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1537 // creation from this context. 1538 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1539 1540 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1541 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1542 // find an Objective-C class name. 1543 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1544 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1545 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1546 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1547 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1548 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1549 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1550 } 1551 } 1552 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1553 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1554 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1555 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1556 return Def; 1557 } 1558 1559 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1560 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1561 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1562 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1563 /// ill-formed in C++: 1564 /// @code 1565 /// struct S6 { 1566 /// enum { BAR } e; 1567 /// }; 1568 /// 1569 /// void test_S6() { 1570 /// struct S6 a; 1571 /// a.e = BAR; 1572 /// } 1573 /// @endcode 1574 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1575 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1576 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1577 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1578 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1579 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1580 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1581 /// contain non-field names. 1582 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1583 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1584 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1585 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1586 S = S->getParent(); 1587 return S; 1588 } 1589 1590 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1591 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1592 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1593 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1594 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1595 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1596 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1597 return; 1598 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1599 1600 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1601 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1602 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1603 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1604 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1605 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1606 } 1607 1608 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1609 switch (Error) { 1610 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1611 return ""; 1612 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1613 return "stdio.h"; 1614 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1615 return "setjmp.h"; 1616 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1617 return "ucontext.h"; 1618 } 1619 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1620 } 1621 1622 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1623 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1624 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1625 /// built-in. 1626 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1627 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1628 SourceLocation Loc) { 1629 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1630 1631 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1632 1633 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1634 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1635 if (Error) { 1636 if (ForRedeclaration) 1637 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1638 << getHeaderName(Error) 1639 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1640 return nullptr; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1644 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1645 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1646 << R; 1647 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1648 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1649 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1650 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1651 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1652 } 1653 1654 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1655 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1656 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1657 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1658 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1659 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1660 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1661 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1662 } 1663 1664 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1665 Parent, 1666 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1667 SC_Extern, 1668 false, 1669 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1670 New->setImplicit(); 1671 1672 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1673 // FunctionDecl. 1674 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1675 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1676 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1677 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1678 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1679 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1680 SC_None, nullptr); 1681 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1682 Params.push_back(parm); 1683 } 1684 New->setParams(Params); 1685 } 1686 1687 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1688 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1689 1690 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1691 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1692 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1693 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1694 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1695 CurContext = Parent; 1696 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1697 CurContext = SavedContext; 1698 return New; 1699 } 1700 1701 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1702 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1703 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1704 /// entity. 1705 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1706 NamedDecl *decl, 1707 LookupResult &previous){ 1708 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1709 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1713 if (previous.empty()) 1714 return; 1715 1716 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1717 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1718 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1719 1720 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1721 if (!old->isHidden()) 1722 continue; 1723 1724 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1725 filter.erase(); 1726 } 1727 1728 filter.done(); 1729 } 1730 1731 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1732 /// entity if their types are the same. 1733 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1734 /// isSameEntity. 1735 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1736 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1737 LookupResult &Previous) { 1738 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1739 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1740 return; 1741 1742 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1743 if (Previous.empty()) 1744 return; 1745 1746 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1747 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1748 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1749 1750 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1751 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1752 continue; 1753 1754 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1755 // different linkages. 1756 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1757 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1758 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1759 continue; 1760 1761 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1762 Filter.erase(); 1763 } 1764 1765 Filter.done(); 1766 } 1767 1768 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1769 QualType OldType; 1770 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1771 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1772 else 1773 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1774 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1775 1776 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1777 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1778 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1779 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1780 << Kind << NewType; 1781 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1782 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1783 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1784 return true; 1785 } 1786 1787 if (OldType != NewType && 1788 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1789 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1790 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1791 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1792 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1793 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1794 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1795 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1796 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1797 return true; 1798 } 1799 return false; 1800 } 1801 1802 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1803 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1804 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1805 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1806 /// 1807 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1808 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1809 // merging checks. 1810 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1811 1812 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1813 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1814 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1815 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1816 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1817 default: break; 1818 case 2: 1819 { 1820 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1821 break; 1822 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1823 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1824 break; 1825 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1826 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1827 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1828 break; 1829 } 1830 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1831 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1832 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1833 return; 1834 } 1835 case 5: 1836 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1837 break; 1838 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1839 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1840 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1841 return; 1842 case 3: 1843 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1844 break; 1845 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1846 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1847 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1848 return; 1849 } 1850 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1851 } 1852 1853 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1854 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1855 if (!Old) { 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1857 << New->getDeclName(); 1858 1859 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1860 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1861 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1862 1863 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1864 } 1865 1866 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1867 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1868 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1869 1870 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1871 // with any extensions enabled. 1872 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1873 return; 1874 1875 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1876 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1877 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1878 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1879 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1880 } 1881 1882 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1883 return; 1884 1885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1886 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1887 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1888 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1889 // to the type to which it already refers. 1890 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1891 return; 1892 1893 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1894 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1895 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1896 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1897 // 1898 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1899 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1900 // 1901 // struct S { 1902 // typedef struct A { } A; 1903 // }; 1904 // 1905 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1906 // allow the above but disallow 1907 // 1908 // struct S { 1909 // typedef int I; 1910 // typedef int I; 1911 // }; 1912 // 1913 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1914 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1918 << New->getDeclName(); 1919 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1920 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1921 } 1922 1923 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1924 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1925 return; 1926 1927 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1928 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1929 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1930 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1931 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1932 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1933 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1934 return; 1935 1936 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1937 << New->getDeclName(); 1938 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1939 return; 1940 } 1941 1942 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1943 /// attribute. 1944 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1945 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1946 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1947 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1948 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1949 if (Ann) { 1950 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1951 return true; 1952 continue; 1953 } 1954 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1955 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1956 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1957 return true; 1958 } 1959 1960 return false; 1961 } 1962 1963 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1964 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1965 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1966 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1967 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1968 return true; 1969 } 1970 1971 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1972 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1973 /// 1974 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1975 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1976 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1977 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1978 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1979 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 1980 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1981 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1982 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1983 // in a case like: 1984 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1985 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1986 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1987 // definition in such a case. 1988 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1989 return false; 1990 1991 if (I->isAlignas()) 1992 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1993 1994 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1995 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1996 OldAlign = Align; 1997 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1998 } 1999 } 2000 2001 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2002 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2003 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2004 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2005 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2006 return false; 2007 2008 if (I->isAlignas()) 2009 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2010 2011 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2012 if (Align > NewAlign) 2013 NewAlign = Align; 2014 } 2015 2016 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2017 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2018 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2019 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2020 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2021 2022 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2023 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2024 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2025 QualType Ty; 2026 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2027 Ty = VD->getType(); 2028 else 2029 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2030 2031 if (OldAlign == 0) 2032 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2033 if (NewAlign == 0) 2034 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2035 } 2036 2037 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2038 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2039 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2040 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2041 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2042 } 2043 } 2044 2045 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2046 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2047 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2048 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2049 // equivalent alignment. 2050 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2051 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2052 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2053 // have no alignment specifier. 2054 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2055 << OldAlignasAttr; 2056 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2057 << OldAlignasAttr; 2058 } 2059 2060 bool AnyAdded = false; 2061 2062 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2063 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2064 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2065 Clone->setInherited(true); 2066 New->addAttr(Clone); 2067 AnyAdded = true; 2068 } 2069 2070 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2071 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2072 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2073 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2074 Clone->setInherited(true); 2075 New->addAttr(Clone); 2076 AnyAdded = true; 2077 } 2078 2079 return AnyAdded; 2080 } 2081 2082 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2083 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2084 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2085 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2086 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2087 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2088 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2089 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2090 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2091 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2092 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2093 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2094 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2095 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2096 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2097 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2098 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2099 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2100 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2101 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2102 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2103 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2104 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2105 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2106 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2107 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2108 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2109 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2110 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2111 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2112 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2113 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2114 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2115 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2116 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2117 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2118 NewAttr = nullptr; 2119 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2120 NewAttr = nullptr; 2121 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2122 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2123 2124 if (NewAttr) { 2125 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2126 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2127 return true; 2128 } 2129 2130 return false; 2131 } 2132 2133 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2134 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2135 return TD->getDefinition(); 2136 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2137 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2138 if (Def) 2139 return Def; 2140 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2141 } 2142 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2143 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2144 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2145 return Def; 2146 } 2147 return nullptr; 2148 } 2149 2150 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2151 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2152 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2153 return true; 2154 return false; 2155 } 2156 2157 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2158 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2159 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2160 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2161 return; 2162 2163 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2164 if (!Def || Def == New) 2165 return; 2166 2167 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2168 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2169 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2170 2171 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2172 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2173 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2174 else { 2175 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2176 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2177 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2178 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2179 : diag::err_redefinition; 2180 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2181 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2182 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2183 } 2184 ++I; 2185 continue; 2186 } 2187 2188 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2189 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2190 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2191 ++I; 2192 continue; 2193 } 2194 } 2195 2196 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2197 ++I; 2198 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2199 } 2200 2201 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2202 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2203 ++I; 2204 continue; 2205 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2206 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2207 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2208 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2209 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2210 // equivalent alignment. 2211 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2212 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2213 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2214 // have no alignment specifier. 2215 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2216 << AA; 2217 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2218 << AA; 2219 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2220 --E; 2221 continue; 2222 } 2223 } 2224 2225 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2226 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2227 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2228 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2229 --E; 2230 } 2231 } 2232 2233 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2234 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2235 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2236 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2237 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2238 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2239 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2240 } 2241 2242 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2243 return; 2244 2245 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2246 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2247 2248 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2249 return; 2250 2251 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2252 2253 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2254 // we process them. 2255 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2256 2257 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2258 bool Override = false; 2259 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2260 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2261 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2262 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2263 switch (AMK) { 2264 case AMK_None: 2265 continue; 2266 2267 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2268 break; 2269 2270 case AMK_Override: 2271 Override = true; 2272 break; 2273 } 2274 } 2275 2276 // Already handled. 2277 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2278 continue; 2279 2280 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2281 foundAny = true; 2282 } 2283 2284 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2285 foundAny = true; 2286 2287 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2288 } 2289 2290 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2291 /// to the new one. 2292 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2293 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2294 Sema &S) { 2295 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2296 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2297 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2298 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2299 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2300 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2301 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2302 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2303 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2304 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2305 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2306 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2307 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2308 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2309 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2310 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2311 } 2312 2313 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2314 return; 2315 2316 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2317 2318 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2319 // done before we process them. 2320 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2321 2322 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2323 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2324 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2325 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2326 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2327 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2328 foundAny = true; 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2333 } 2334 2335 namespace { 2336 2337 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2338 /// C. 2339 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2340 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2341 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2342 QualType PromotedType; 2343 }; 2344 2345 } 2346 2347 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2348 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2349 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2350 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2351 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2352 2353 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2354 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2355 2356 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2357 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2358 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2359 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2360 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2361 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2362 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2363 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2364 } 2365 2366 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2367 } 2368 2369 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2370 // declaration, or a declaration. 2371 template <typename T> 2372 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2373 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2374 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2375 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2376 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2377 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2378 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2379 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2380 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2381 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2382 } else 2383 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2384 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2385 } 2386 2387 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2388 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2389 /// GNU89 mode. 2390 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2391 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2392 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2393 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2394 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2395 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2396 } 2397 2398 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2399 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2400 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2401 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2402 return AT; 2403 } 2404 2405 template <typename T> 2406 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2407 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2408 if (DC->isRecord()) 2409 return false; 2410 2411 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2412 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2413 return true; 2414 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2415 return true; 2416 return false; 2417 } 2418 2419 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2420 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2421 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2422 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2423 /// 2424 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2425 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2426 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2427 /// merged with. 2428 /// 2429 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2430 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2431 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2432 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2433 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2434 if (!Old) { 2435 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2436 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2437 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2438 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2439 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2440 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2441 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2442 return true; 2443 } 2444 2445 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2446 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2447 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2448 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2449 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2450 2451 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2452 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2453 if (Old && 2454 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2455 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2456 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2457 Old = nullptr; 2458 2459 if (!Old) { 2460 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2461 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2462 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2463 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2464 return true; 2465 } 2466 OldD = Old; 2467 } else { 2468 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2469 << New->getDeclName(); 2470 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2471 return true; 2472 } 2473 } 2474 2475 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2476 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2477 return true; 2478 2479 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2480 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2481 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2482 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2483 2484 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2485 // is an extern inline function. 2486 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2487 // storage classes. 2488 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2489 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2490 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2491 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2492 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2493 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2495 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2496 } else { 2497 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2498 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2499 return true; 2500 } 2501 } 2502 2503 2504 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2505 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2506 // convention of the first. 2507 // 2508 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2509 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2510 // 2511 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2512 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2513 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2514 // 2515 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2516 // other tests to run. 2517 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2518 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2519 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2520 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2521 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2522 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2523 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2524 2525 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2526 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2527 const FunctionType *FT = 2528 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2529 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2530 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2531 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2532 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2533 // there but not here. 2534 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2535 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2536 } else { 2537 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2538 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2540 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2541 << !FirstCCExplicit 2542 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2543 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2544 2545 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2546 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2547 return true; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 2551 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2552 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2553 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2554 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2555 } 2556 2557 // Merge regparm attribute. 2558 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2559 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2560 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2562 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2563 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2564 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2565 return true; 2566 } 2567 2568 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2569 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2570 } 2571 2572 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2573 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2574 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2576 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2577 return true; 2578 } 2579 2580 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2581 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2582 } 2583 2584 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2585 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2586 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2587 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2588 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2589 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2590 } 2591 2592 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2593 // UndefinedButUsed. 2594 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2595 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2596 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2597 Old->isUsed(false) && 2598 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2599 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2600 SourceLocation())); 2601 2602 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2603 // about it. 2604 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2605 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2606 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2607 } 2608 2609 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2610 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2611 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2612 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2613 // cannot be overloaded. 2614 2615 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2616 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2617 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2618 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2619 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2620 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2621 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2622 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2623 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2624 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2625 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2626 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2627 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2628 QualType ResQT; 2629 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2630 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2631 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2632 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2633 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2634 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2635 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2636 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2638 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2639 else 2640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2641 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2642 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2643 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2644 return true; 2645 } 2646 else 2647 NewQType = ResQT; 2648 } 2649 2650 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2651 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2652 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2653 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2654 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2655 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2656 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2657 New->setType( 2658 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2659 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2660 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2661 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2662 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2663 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2664 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2665 } 2666 } 2667 2668 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2669 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2670 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2671 // Preserve triviality. 2672 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2673 2674 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2675 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2676 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2677 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2678 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2679 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2680 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2681 2682 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2683 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2684 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2685 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2686 // is a static member function declaration. 2687 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2688 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2689 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2690 return true; 2691 } 2692 2693 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2694 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2695 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2696 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2697 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2698 unsigned NewDiag; 2699 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2700 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2701 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2702 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2703 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2704 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2705 else 2706 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2707 2708 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2709 } else { 2710 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2711 << New << New->getType(); 2712 } 2713 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2714 2715 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2716 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2717 // 2718 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2719 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2720 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2721 if (isFriend) { 2722 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2723 } else { 2724 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2725 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2726 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2727 return true; 2728 } 2729 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2730 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2731 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2732 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2733 return true; 2734 } 2735 } 2736 2737 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2738 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2739 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2740 // attribute. 2741 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2742 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2743 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2744 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2745 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2746 } 2747 2748 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2749 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2750 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2751 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2752 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2753 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2754 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2755 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2756 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2757 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2758 } 2759 2760 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2761 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2762 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2763 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2764 2765 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2766 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2767 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2768 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2769 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2770 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2771 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2772 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2773 } 2774 2775 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2776 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2777 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2778 // 2779 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2780 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2781 // linkage within class scope. 2782 // 2783 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2784 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2786 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2787 } else { 2788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2790 return true; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2795 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2796 2797 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2798 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2799 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2800 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2801 // when we instantiate the function. 2802 return false; 2803 } 2804 2805 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2806 } 2807 2808 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2809 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2810 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2811 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2812 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2813 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2814 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2815 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2816 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2817 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2818 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2819 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2820 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2821 NewQType = 2822 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2823 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2824 New->setType(NewQType); 2825 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2826 2827 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2828 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2829 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2830 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2831 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2832 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2833 SC_None, nullptr); 2834 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2835 Param->setImplicit(); 2836 Params.push_back(Param); 2837 } 2838 2839 New->setParams(Params); 2840 } 2841 2842 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2843 } 2844 2845 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2846 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2847 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2848 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2849 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2850 // the prototype. 2851 // 2852 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2853 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2854 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2855 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2857 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2858 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2859 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2860 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2861 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2862 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2863 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2864 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2865 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2866 2867 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2868 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2869 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2870 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2871 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2872 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2873 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2874 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2875 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2876 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2877 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2878 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2879 NewParm->getType(), 2880 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2881 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2882 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2883 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2884 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2885 } else 2886 LooseCompatible = false; 2887 } 2888 2889 if (LooseCompatible) { 2890 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2891 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2892 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2893 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2894 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2895 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2896 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2897 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2898 } 2899 2900 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2901 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2902 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2903 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2904 } 2905 2906 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2907 } 2908 2909 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2910 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2911 2912 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2913 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2914 unsigned BuiltinID; 2915 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2916 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2917 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2918 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2920 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2921 << Old << Old->getType(); 2922 2923 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2924 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2925 // 2926 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2927 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2928 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2929 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2930 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2931 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2932 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2933 2934 return false; 2935 } 2936 2937 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2938 } 2939 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2941 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2942 return true; 2943 } 2944 2945 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2946 /// known to be compatible. 2947 /// 2948 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2949 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2950 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2951 /// redeclaration of Old. 2952 /// 2953 /// \returns false 2954 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2955 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2956 // Merge the attributes 2957 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2958 2959 // Merge "pure" flag. 2960 if (Old->isPure()) 2961 New->setPure(); 2962 2963 // Merge "used" flag. 2964 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2965 New->setIsUsed(); 2966 2967 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2968 // declarations. 2969 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2970 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2971 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2972 *this); 2973 2974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2975 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2976 2977 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2978 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2979 // was visible. 2980 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2981 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2982 New->setType(Merged); 2983 2984 return false; 2985 } 2986 2987 2988 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2989 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2990 2991 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2992 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2993 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2994 : AMK_Override; 2995 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2996 2997 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2998 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2999 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3000 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3001 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3002 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3003 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3004 3005 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3006 } 3007 3008 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3009 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3010 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3011 /// 3012 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3013 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3014 /// is attached. 3015 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3016 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3017 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3018 return; 3019 3020 QualType MergedT; 3021 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3022 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3023 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3024 return; 3025 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3026 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3027 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3028 } 3029 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3030 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3031 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3032 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3033 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3034 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3035 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3036 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3037 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3038 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3039 NewArray->getElementType())) 3040 MergedT = New->getType(); 3041 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3042 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3043 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3044 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3045 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3046 NewArray->getElementType())) 3047 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3048 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3049 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3050 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3051 Old->getType()); 3052 } 3053 } else { 3054 // C 6.2.7p2: 3055 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3056 // compatible type. 3057 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3058 } 3059 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3060 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3061 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3062 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3063 // equivalent. 3064 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3065 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3066 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3067 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3068 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3069 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3070 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3071 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3072 return; 3073 } 3074 3075 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3076 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3077 // 3078 // extern int arr[]; 3079 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3080 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3081 // 3082 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3083 // to diagnose it. 3084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3085 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3087 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3088 } 3089 3090 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3091 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3092 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3093 New->setType(MergedT); 3094 } 3095 3096 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3097 LookupResult &Previous) { 3098 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3099 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3100 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3101 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3102 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3103 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3104 // 3105 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3106 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3107 return false; 3108 3109 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3110 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3111 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3112 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3113 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3114 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3115 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3116 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3117 } else { 3118 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3119 // type unless we're in the same function. 3120 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3121 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3122 } 3123 } 3124 3125 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3126 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3127 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3128 /// 3129 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3130 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3131 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3132 /// 3133 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3134 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3135 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3136 return; 3137 3138 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3139 3140 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3141 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3142 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3143 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3144 if (NewTemplate) { 3145 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3146 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3147 } else 3148 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3149 } 3150 if (!Old) { 3151 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3152 << New->getDeclName(); 3153 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3154 diag::note_previous_definition); 3155 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3156 } 3157 3158 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3159 return; 3160 3161 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3162 if (NewTemplate && 3163 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3164 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3165 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3166 return; 3167 3168 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3169 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3170 // 3171 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3172 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3173 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3174 << New->getIdentifier(); 3175 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3176 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3177 } 3178 3179 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3180 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3181 // declaration 3182 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3183 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3184 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3185 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3186 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3187 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3188 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3189 } 3190 3191 // Merge the types. 3192 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3193 3194 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3195 return; 3196 3197 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3198 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3199 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3200 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3201 3202 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3203 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3204 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3205 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3206 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3207 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3208 << New->getDeclName(); 3209 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3210 } else { 3211 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3212 << New->getDeclName(); 3213 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3214 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3215 } 3216 } 3217 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3218 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3219 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3220 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3221 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3222 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3223 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3224 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3225 // identifier has external linkage. 3226 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3227 /* Okay */; 3228 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3229 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3230 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3231 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3232 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3233 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3234 } 3235 3236 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3237 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3238 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3239 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3240 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3241 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3242 } 3243 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3244 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3245 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3246 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3247 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3248 } 3249 3250 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3251 3252 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3253 // need to check for mismatches. 3254 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3255 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3256 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3257 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3259 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3260 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3261 } 3262 3263 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3264 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3265 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3266 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3267 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3268 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3269 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3270 } else { 3271 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3272 // static and dynamic initialization. 3273 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3274 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3275 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3276 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3277 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3278 } 3279 } 3280 3281 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3282 const VarDecl *Def; 3283 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3284 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3285 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3286 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3287 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3288 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3289 return; 3290 } 3291 3292 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3296 return; 3297 } 3298 3299 // Merge "used" flag. 3300 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3301 New->setIsUsed(); 3302 3303 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3304 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3305 if (NewTemplate) 3306 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3307 3308 // Inherit access appropriately. 3309 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3310 if (NewTemplate) 3311 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3312 } 3313 3314 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3315 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3316 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3317 DeclSpec &DS) { 3318 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3319 } 3320 3321 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3322 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3323 return; 3324 3325 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3326 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3327 // it is anonymous. 3328 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3329 return; 3330 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3331 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3332 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3333 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3334 return; 3335 } 3336 3337 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3338 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3339 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3340 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3341 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3342 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3343 Tag, 3344 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3345 } 3346 } 3347 3348 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3349 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3350 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3351 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3352 DeclSpec &DS, 3353 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3354 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3355 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3356 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3357 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3358 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3359 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3360 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3361 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3362 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3363 3364 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3365 return nullptr; 3366 3367 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3368 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3369 // it's a Type. 3370 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3371 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3372 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3373 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3374 } 3375 3376 if (Tag) { 3377 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3378 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3379 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3380 return Tag; 3381 } 3382 3383 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3384 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3385 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3386 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3387 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3388 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3389 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3390 } 3391 3392 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3393 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3394 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3395 if (Tag) 3396 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3397 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3398 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3399 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3400 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3401 else 3402 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3403 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3404 return TagD; 3405 } 3406 3407 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3408 3409 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3410 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3411 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3412 if (TagD && !Tag) 3413 return nullptr; 3414 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3415 } 3416 3417 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3418 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3419 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3420 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3421 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3422 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3423 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3424 // or an explicit specialization. 3425 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3426 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3427 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3428 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3429 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3430 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3431 << SS.getRange(); 3432 return nullptr; 3433 } 3434 3435 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3436 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3437 3438 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3439 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3440 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3441 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3443 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3444 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3445 3446 DeclaresAnything = false; 3447 } 3448 } 3449 3450 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3451 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3452 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3453 // 3454 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3455 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3456 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3457 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3458 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3459 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3460 // struct STRUCT; 3461 // union UNION; 3462 // and 3463 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3464 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3465 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3466 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3467 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3468 if (Tag) 3469 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3470 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3471 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3472 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3473 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3474 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3475 3476 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3477 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3478 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3479 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3480 } 3481 3482 DeclaresAnything = false; 3483 } 3484 } 3485 3486 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3487 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3488 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3489 return TagD; 3490 3491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3492 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3493 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3494 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3495 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3496 DeclaresAnything = false; 3497 3498 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3499 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3500 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3501 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3502 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3503 else 3504 DeclaresAnything = false; 3505 } 3506 3507 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3508 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3509 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3510 << Tag->getTagKind() 3511 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3512 3513 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3514 3515 // C 6.7/2: 3516 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3517 // or the members of an enumeration. 3518 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3519 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3520 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3521 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3522 // previous declaration. 3523 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3524 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3525 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3526 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3527 return TagD; 3528 } 3529 3530 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3531 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3532 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3533 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3534 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3535 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3536 // 3537 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3538 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3540 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3541 3542 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3543 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3544 // useless. 3545 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3546 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3547 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3548 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3549 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3550 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3551 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3552 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3553 } 3554 3555 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3556 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3557 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3558 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3559 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3560 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3561 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3562 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3563 // Restrict is covered above. 3564 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3565 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3566 } 3567 3568 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3569 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3570 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3571 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3572 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3573 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3574 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3575 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3576 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3577 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3578 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3579 while (attrs) { 3580 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3581 << attrs->getName() 3582 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3583 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3584 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3585 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3586 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3587 } 3588 } 3589 } 3590 3591 return TagD; 3592 } 3593 3594 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3595 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3596 /// 3597 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3598 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3599 Scope *S, 3600 DeclContext *Owner, 3601 DeclarationName Name, 3602 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3603 unsigned diagnostic) { 3604 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3605 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3606 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3607 3608 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3609 return false; 3610 3611 // Pick a representative declaration. 3612 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3613 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3614 3615 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3616 return false; 3617 3618 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3619 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3620 3621 return true; 3622 } 3623 3624 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3625 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3626 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3627 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3628 /// struct, e.g., 3629 /// 3630 /// @code 3631 /// union { 3632 /// int i; 3633 /// float f; 3634 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3635 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3636 /// @endcode 3637 /// 3638 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3639 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3640 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3641 DeclContext *Owner, 3642 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3643 AccessSpecifier AS, 3644 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3645 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3646 unsigned diagKind 3647 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3648 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3649 3650 bool Invalid = false; 3651 3652 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3653 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3654 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3655 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3656 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3657 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3658 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3659 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3660 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3661 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3662 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3663 Invalid = true; 3664 } else { 3665 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3666 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3667 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3668 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3669 // anonymous union is declared. 3670 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3671 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3672 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3673 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3674 else 3675 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3676 3677 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3678 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3679 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3680 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3681 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3682 3683 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3684 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3685 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3686 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3687 3688 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3689 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3690 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3691 3692 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3693 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3694 3695 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3696 } 3697 } 3698 } 3699 3700 return Invalid; 3701 } 3702 3703 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3704 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3705 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3706 static StorageClass 3707 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3708 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3709 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3710 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3711 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3712 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3713 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3714 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3715 return SC_None; 3716 return SC_Extern; 3717 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3718 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3719 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3720 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3721 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3722 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3723 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3724 } 3725 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3726 } 3727 3728 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3729 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3730 3731 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3732 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3733 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3734 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3735 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3736 return FD->getLocation(); 3737 } 3738 3739 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3740 } 3741 3742 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3743 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3744 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3745 return; 3746 3747 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3748 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3749 } 3750 3751 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3752 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3753 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3754 return; 3755 3756 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3757 } 3758 3759 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3760 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3761 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3762 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3763 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3764 AccessSpecifier AS, 3765 RecordDecl *Record, 3766 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3767 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3768 3769 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3770 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3771 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3772 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3773 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3774 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3775 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3776 3777 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3778 // structs/unions. 3779 bool Invalid = false; 3780 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3781 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3782 unsigned DiagID; 3783 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3784 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3785 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3786 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3787 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3788 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3789 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3790 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3791 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3792 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3793 3794 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3795 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3796 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3797 } 3798 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3799 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3800 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3801 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3802 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3803 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3804 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3805 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3806 3807 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3808 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3809 SourceLocation(), 3810 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3811 } 3812 } 3813 3814 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3815 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3816 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3817 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3818 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3819 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3820 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3821 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3822 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3823 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3824 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3825 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3826 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3827 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3828 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3829 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3830 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3831 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3832 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3833 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3834 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3835 3836 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3837 } 3838 3839 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3840 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3841 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3842 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3843 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3844 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3845 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3846 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3847 // members (clause 11). 3848 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3849 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3850 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3851 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3852 Invalid = true; 3853 } 3854 3855 // C++ [class.union]p1 3856 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3857 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3858 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3859 // array of such objects. 3860 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3861 Invalid = true; 3862 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3863 // Any implicit members are fine. 3864 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3865 // This is a type that showed up in an 3866 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3867 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3868 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3869 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3870 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3871 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3872 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3873 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3874 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3875 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3876 else { 3877 // This is a nested type declaration. 3878 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3879 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3880 Invalid = true; 3881 } 3882 } else { 3883 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3884 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3885 // not part of standard C++. 3886 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3887 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3888 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3889 } 3890 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3891 // Any access specifier is fine. 3892 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3893 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3894 } else { 3895 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3896 // member. Complain about it. 3897 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3898 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3899 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3900 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3901 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3902 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3903 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3904 3905 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3906 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3907 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3908 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3909 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3910 else { 3911 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3912 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3913 Invalid = true; 3914 } 3915 } 3916 } 3917 3918 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3919 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3920 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3921 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3922 Owner->isRecord()) 3923 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3924 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3925 } 3926 3927 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3928 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3929 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3930 Invalid = true; 3931 } 3932 3933 // Mock up a declarator. 3934 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3936 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3937 3938 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3939 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3940 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3941 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3942 DS.getLocStart(), 3943 Record->getLocation(), 3944 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3945 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3946 TInfo, 3947 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3948 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3949 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3951 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3952 } else { 3953 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3954 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3955 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3956 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3957 // an error here 3958 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3959 Invalid = true; 3960 SC = SC_None; 3961 } 3962 3963 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3964 DS.getLocStart(), 3965 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3966 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3967 TInfo, SC); 3968 3969 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3970 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3971 // initializer: 3972 // union { int n = 0; }; 3973 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3974 } 3975 Anon->setImplicit(); 3976 3977 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3978 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3979 3980 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3981 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3982 // its members. 3983 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3984 3985 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3986 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3987 // purposes. 3988 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3989 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3990 3991 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3992 Chain, false)) 3993 Invalid = true; 3994 3995 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3996 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3997 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3998 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3999 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4000 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4001 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4002 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4003 } 4004 } 4005 } 4006 4007 if (Invalid) 4008 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4009 4010 return Anon; 4011 } 4012 4013 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4014 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4015 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4016 /// Example: 4017 /// 4018 /// struct A { int a; }; 4019 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4020 /// 4021 /// void foo() { 4022 /// B var; 4023 /// var.a = 3; 4024 /// } 4025 /// 4026 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4027 RecordDecl *Record) { 4028 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4029 4030 // Mock up a declarator. 4031 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4032 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4033 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4034 4035 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4036 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4037 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 4038 DS.getLocStart(), 4039 DS.getLocStart(), 4040 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4041 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4042 TInfo, 4043 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4044 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4045 Anon->setImplicit(); 4046 4047 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4048 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4049 4050 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4051 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4052 // purposes. 4053 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4054 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4055 4056 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4057 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 4058 RecordDef, AS_none, 4059 Chain, true)) 4060 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4061 4062 return Anon; 4063 } 4064 4065 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4066 /// given Declarator. 4067 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4068 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4069 } 4070 4071 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4072 DeclarationNameInfo 4073 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4074 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4075 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4076 4077 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4078 4079 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4080 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4081 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4082 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4083 return NameInfo; 4084 4085 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4086 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4087 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4088 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4089 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4090 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4091 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4092 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4093 return NameInfo; 4094 4095 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4096 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4097 Name.Identifier)); 4098 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4099 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4100 return NameInfo; 4101 4102 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4103 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4104 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4105 if (Ty.isNull()) 4106 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4107 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4108 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4109 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4110 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4111 return NameInfo; 4112 } 4113 4114 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4115 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4116 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4117 if (Ty.isNull()) 4118 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4119 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4120 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4121 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4122 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4123 return NameInfo; 4124 } 4125 4126 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4127 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4128 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4129 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4130 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4131 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4132 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4133 4134 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4135 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4136 4137 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4138 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4139 // was qualified. 4140 4141 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4142 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4143 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4144 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4145 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4146 return NameInfo; 4147 } 4148 4149 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4150 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4151 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4152 if (Ty.isNull()) 4153 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4154 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4155 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4156 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4157 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4158 return NameInfo; 4159 } 4160 4161 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4162 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4163 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4164 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4165 } 4166 4167 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4168 4169 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4170 } 4171 4172 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4173 do { 4174 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4175 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4176 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4177 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4178 else 4179 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4180 } while (true); 4181 } 4182 4183 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4184 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4185 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4186 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4187 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4188 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4189 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4190 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4191 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4192 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4193 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4194 Params.clear(); 4195 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4196 return false; 4197 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4198 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4199 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4200 4201 // The parameter types are identical 4202 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4203 continue; 4204 4205 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4206 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4207 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4208 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4209 4210 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4211 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4212 Params.push_back(Idx); 4213 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4214 return false; 4215 } 4216 4217 return true; 4218 } 4219 4220 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4221 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4222 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4223 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4224 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4225 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4226 DeclarationName Name) { 4227 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4228 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4229 // - types which will become injected class names 4230 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4231 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4232 // few cases here. 4233 4234 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4235 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4236 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4237 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4238 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4239 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4240 // Grab the type from the parser. 4241 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4242 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4243 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4244 4245 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4246 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4247 // attached already. 4248 if (!TSI) 4249 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4250 4251 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4252 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4253 if (!TSI) return true; 4254 4255 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4256 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4257 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4258 break; 4259 } 4260 4261 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4262 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4263 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4264 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4265 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4266 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4267 break; 4268 } 4269 4270 default: 4271 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4272 break; 4273 } 4274 4275 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4276 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4277 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4278 4279 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4280 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4281 // pointer. 4282 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4283 continue; 4284 4285 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4286 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4287 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4288 return true; 4289 } 4290 4291 return false; 4292 } 4293 4294 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4295 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4296 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4297 4298 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4299 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4300 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4301 4302 return Dcl; 4303 } 4304 4305 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4306 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4307 /// name different from T: 4308 /// - every static data member of class T; 4309 /// - every member function of class T 4310 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4311 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4312 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4313 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4314 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4315 4316 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4317 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4318 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4319 return true; 4320 } 4321 4322 return false; 4323 } 4324 4325 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4326 /// nested-name-specifier. 4327 /// 4328 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4329 /// 4330 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4331 /// resolves. 4332 /// 4333 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4334 /// 4335 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4336 /// 4337 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4338 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4339 DeclarationName Name, 4340 SourceLocation Loc) { 4341 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4342 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4343 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4344 4345 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4346 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4347 // 4348 // class X { 4349 // void X::f(); 4350 // }; 4351 // 4352 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4353 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4354 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4355 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4356 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4357 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4358 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4359 SS.clear(); 4360 } else { 4361 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4362 } 4363 return false; 4364 } 4365 4366 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4367 // declaration. 4368 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4369 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4371 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4372 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4374 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4375 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4377 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4378 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4379 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4380 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4381 else 4382 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4383 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4384 4385 return true; 4386 } 4387 4388 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4389 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4390 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4391 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4392 SS.clear(); 4393 4394 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4395 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4396 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4397 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4398 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4399 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4400 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4401 return true; 4402 4403 return false; 4404 } 4405 4406 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4407 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4408 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4409 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4410 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4411 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4412 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4413 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4414 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4415 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4416 4417 return false; 4418 } 4419 4420 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4421 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4422 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4423 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4424 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4425 4426 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4427 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4428 if (!Name) { 4429 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4430 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4431 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4432 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4433 return nullptr; 4434 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4435 return nullptr; 4436 4437 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4438 // we find one that is. 4439 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4440 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4441 S = S->getParent(); 4442 4443 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4444 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4445 D.setInvalidType(); 4446 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4447 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4448 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4449 return nullptr; 4450 4451 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4452 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4453 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4454 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4455 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4456 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4457 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4458 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4459 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4460 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4461 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4462 return nullptr; 4463 } 4464 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4465 4466 if (!IsDependentContext && 4467 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4468 return nullptr; 4469 4470 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4472 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4473 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4474 D.setInvalidType(); 4475 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4476 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4477 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4478 if (DC->isRecord()) 4479 return nullptr; 4480 4481 D.setInvalidType(); 4482 } 4483 } 4484 4485 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4486 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4487 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4488 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4489 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4490 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4491 D.setInvalidType(); 4492 } 4493 } 4494 4495 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4496 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4497 // Just return early; it's safer. 4498 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4499 return nullptr; 4500 4501 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4502 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4503 4504 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4505 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4506 D.setInvalidType(); 4507 4508 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4509 ForRedeclaration); 4510 4511 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4512 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4513 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4514 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4515 4516 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4517 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4518 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4519 // 4520 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4521 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4522 // the same name. 4523 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4524 /* Do nothing*/; 4525 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4526 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4527 R->isFunctionType())) { 4528 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4529 CreateBuiltins = 4530 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4531 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4532 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4533 CreateBuiltins = true; 4534 4535 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4536 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4537 4538 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4539 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4540 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4541 4542 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4543 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4544 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4545 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4546 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4547 // thereof; [...] 4548 // 4549 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4550 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4551 // we want to match. For example, given: 4552 // 4553 // class X { 4554 // void f(); 4555 // void f(float); 4556 // }; 4557 // 4558 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4559 // 4560 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4561 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4562 // matches. 4563 4564 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4565 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4566 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4567 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4568 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4569 } 4570 4571 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4572 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4573 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4574 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4575 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4576 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4577 4578 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4579 Previous.clear(); 4580 } 4581 4582 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4583 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4584 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4585 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4586 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4587 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4588 Previous.clear(); 4589 4590 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4591 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4592 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4593 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4594 4595 NamedDecl *New; 4596 4597 bool AddToScope = true; 4598 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4599 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4600 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4601 return nullptr; 4602 } 4603 4604 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4605 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4606 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4607 TemplateParamLists, 4608 AddToScope); 4609 } else { 4610 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4611 AddToScope); 4612 } 4613 4614 if (!New) 4615 return nullptr; 4616 4617 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4618 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4619 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4620 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4621 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4622 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4623 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4624 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4625 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4626 if (!AddToContext) 4627 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4628 } 4629 4630 return New; 4631 } 4632 4633 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4634 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4635 /// GCC compatibility). 4636 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4637 ASTContext &Context, 4638 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4639 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4640 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4641 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4642 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4643 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4644 SizeIsNegative = false; 4645 Oversized = 0; 4646 4647 if (T->isDependentType()) 4648 return QualType(); 4649 4650 QualifierCollector Qs; 4651 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4652 4653 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4654 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4655 QualType FixedType = 4656 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4657 Oversized); 4658 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4659 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4660 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4661 } 4662 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4663 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4664 QualType FixedType = 4665 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4666 Oversized); 4667 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4668 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4669 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4670 } 4671 4672 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4673 if (!VLATy) 4674 return QualType(); 4675 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4676 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4677 return QualType(); 4678 4679 llvm::APSInt Res; 4680 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4681 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4682 return QualType(); 4683 4684 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4685 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4686 SizeIsNegative = true; 4687 return QualType(); 4688 } 4689 4690 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4691 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4692 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4693 Res); 4694 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4695 Oversized = Res; 4696 return QualType(); 4697 } 4698 4699 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4700 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4701 } 4702 4703 static void 4704 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4705 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4706 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4707 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4708 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4709 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4710 return; 4711 } 4712 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4713 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4714 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4715 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4716 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4717 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4718 return; 4719 } 4720 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4721 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4722 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4723 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4724 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4725 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4726 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4727 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4728 } 4729 4730 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4731 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4732 /// GCC compatibility). 4733 static TypeSourceInfo* 4734 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4735 ASTContext &Context, 4736 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4737 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4738 QualType FixedTy 4739 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4740 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4741 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4742 return nullptr; 4743 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4744 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4745 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4746 return FixedTInfo; 4747 } 4748 4749 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4750 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4751 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4752 /// function-scope declarations. 4753 void 4754 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4755 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4756 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4757 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4758 return; 4759 4760 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4761 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4762 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4763 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4764 } 4765 4766 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4767 if (ExternalSource) { 4768 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4769 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4770 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4771 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4772 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4773 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4774 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4775 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4776 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4777 } 4778 } 4779 4780 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4781 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4782 } 4783 4784 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4785 /// does not identify a function. 4786 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4787 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4788 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4789 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4790 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4791 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4792 4793 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4794 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4795 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4796 4797 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4798 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4799 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4800 4801 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4802 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4803 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4804 } 4805 4806 NamedDecl* 4807 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4808 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4809 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4810 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4811 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4812 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4813 D.setInvalidType(); 4814 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4815 DC = CurContext; 4816 Previous.clear(); 4817 } 4818 4819 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4820 4821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4822 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4823 << 1; 4824 4825 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4826 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4827 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4828 return nullptr; 4829 } 4830 4831 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4832 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4833 4834 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4835 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4836 4837 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4838 4839 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4840 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4841 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4842 return ND; 4843 } 4844 4845 void 4846 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4847 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4848 // then it shall have block scope. 4849 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4850 // that redeclarations will match. 4851 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4852 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4853 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4854 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4855 4856 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4857 bool SizeIsNegative; 4858 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4859 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4860 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4861 SizeIsNegative, 4862 Oversized); 4863 if (FixedTInfo) { 4864 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4865 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4866 } else { 4867 if (SizeIsNegative) 4868 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4869 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4870 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4871 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4872 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4873 << Oversized.toString(10); 4874 else 4875 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4876 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4877 } 4878 } 4879 } 4880 } 4881 4882 4883 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4884 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4885 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4886 NamedDecl* 4887 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4888 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4889 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4890 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4891 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4892 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4893 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4894 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4895 Redeclaration = true; 4896 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4897 } 4898 4899 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4900 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4901 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4902 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4903 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4904 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4905 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4906 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4907 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4908 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4909 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4910 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4911 } 4912 4913 return NewTD; 4914 } 4915 4916 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4917 /// previous declaration. 4918 /// 4919 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4920 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4921 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4922 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4923 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4924 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4925 /// 4926 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4927 /// lookup 4928 /// 4929 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4930 /// declared. 4931 /// 4932 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4933 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4934 static bool 4935 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4936 ASTContext &Context) { 4937 if (!PrevDecl) 4938 return false; 4939 4940 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4941 return false; 4942 4943 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4944 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4945 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4946 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4947 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4948 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4949 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4950 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4951 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4952 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4953 return false; 4954 4955 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4956 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4957 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4958 return false; 4959 4960 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4961 // previous declarations. 4962 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4963 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4964 4965 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4966 // isn't the same function. 4967 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4968 return false; 4969 } 4970 4971 return true; 4972 } 4973 4974 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4975 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4976 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4977 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4978 } 4979 4980 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4981 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4982 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4983 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4984 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4985 unsigned kind = -1U; 4986 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4987 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4988 kind = 0; // __block 4989 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4990 kind = 1; // global 4991 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4992 kind = 3; // ivar 4993 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4994 kind = 2; // field 4995 } 4996 4997 if (kind != -1U) { 4998 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4999 << kind; 5000 } 5001 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5002 // Try to infer lifetime. 5003 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5004 return false; 5005 5006 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5007 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5008 decl->setType(type); 5009 } 5010 5011 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5012 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5013 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5014 var->getTLSKind()) { 5015 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5016 << var->getType(); 5017 return true; 5018 } 5019 } 5020 5021 return false; 5022 } 5023 5024 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5025 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5026 // the wrong linkage. 5027 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5028 5029 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5030 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5031 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5032 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5033 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5034 } 5035 } 5036 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5037 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5038 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5039 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5040 } 5041 } 5042 5043 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5044 // It does not apply to functions. 5045 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5046 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5047 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5048 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5049 } 5050 } 5051 5052 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5053 if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 5054 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5055 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5056 << &ND << Attr; 5057 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5058 } 5059 } 5060 if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 5061 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5062 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5063 << &ND << Attr; 5064 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5065 } 5066 } 5067 } 5068 5069 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5070 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5071 bool IsSpecialization) { 5072 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5073 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5074 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5075 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5076 5077 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5078 return; 5079 5080 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5081 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5082 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5083 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5084 5085 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5086 // inherited attribute instances. 5087 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5088 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5089 5090 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5091 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5092 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5093 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5094 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5095 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5096 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration) 5097 << NewDecl 5098 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5099 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5100 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5101 return; 5102 } 5103 5104 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5105 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5106 // and qualified friend declarations. 5107 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5108 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5109 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5110 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5111 // separately. 5112 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5113 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5114 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5115 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5116 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5117 } 5118 5119 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5120 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5121 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5122 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5123 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5124 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5125 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5126 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5127 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5128 } 5129 } 5130 5131 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5132 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5133 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5134 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5135 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5136 5137 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5138 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5139 5140 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5141 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5142 return false; 5143 5144 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5145 5146 #ifndef NDEBUG 5147 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5148 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5149 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5150 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5151 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5152 #endif 5153 5154 bool isC99Inline = 5155 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5156 5157 #ifndef NDEBUG 5158 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5159 #endif 5160 5161 return isC99Inline; 5162 } 5163 5164 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5165 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5166 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5167 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5168 /// 5169 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5170 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5171 /// 5172 /// For instance: 5173 /// 5174 /// auto x = []{}; 5175 /// 5176 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5177 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5178 /// 5179 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5180 template<typename T> 5181 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5182 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5183 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5184 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5185 return false; 5186 } 5187 return D->isExternC(); 5188 } 5189 5190 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5191 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5192 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5193 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5194 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5195 return true; 5196 if (DC->isRecord()) 5197 return false; 5198 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5199 } 5200 5201 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5202 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5203 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5204 return true; 5205 if (DC->isRecord()) 5206 return false; 5207 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5208 } 5209 5210 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5211 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5212 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5213 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5214 return true; 5215 return false; 5216 } 5217 5218 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5219 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5220 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5221 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5222 return true; 5223 5224 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5225 // position to the decl itself. 5226 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5227 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5228 return true; 5229 } 5230 5231 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5232 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5233 } 5234 5235 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5236 /// function-local external declaration. 5237 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5238 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5239 return false; 5240 5241 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5242 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5243 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5244 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5245 return true; 5246 5247 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5248 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5249 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5250 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5251 // 5252 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5253 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5254 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5255 DC = DC->getParent(); 5256 return true; 5257 } 5258 5259 NamedDecl * 5260 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5261 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5262 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5263 bool &AddToScope) { 5264 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5265 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5266 5267 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5268 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5269 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5270 5271 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5272 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5273 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5274 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5275 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5276 SC = SC_Extern; 5277 5278 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5279 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5280 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5281 5282 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5283 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5284 QualType NR = R; 5285 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5286 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5287 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5288 D.setInvalidType(); 5289 break; 5290 } 5291 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5292 } 5293 5294 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5295 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5296 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5297 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5298 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5299 D.setInvalidType(); 5300 } 5301 } 5302 } 5303 5304 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5305 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5306 // an error here 5307 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5308 D.setInvalidType(); 5309 SC = SC_None; 5310 } 5311 5312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5313 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5314 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5315 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5316 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5317 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5319 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5321 } 5322 5323 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5324 if (!II) { 5325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5326 << Name; 5327 return nullptr; 5328 } 5329 5330 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5331 5332 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5333 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5334 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5335 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5336 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5337 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5338 D.setInvalidType(); 5339 } 5340 } 5341 5342 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5343 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5344 // OpenCL __local address space. 5345 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5346 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5347 } 5348 5349 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5350 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5351 // space qualifiers. 5352 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5353 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5354 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5355 } 5356 5357 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5358 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5359 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5360 // address space qualifiers. 5361 if (R->isEventT()) { 5362 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5363 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5364 D.setInvalidType(); 5365 } 5366 5367 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5368 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5369 D.setInvalidType(); 5370 } 5371 } 5372 } 5373 5374 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5375 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5376 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5377 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5378 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5379 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5380 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5381 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5382 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5383 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5384 R, TInfo, SC); 5385 5386 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5387 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5388 } else { 5389 bool Invalid = false; 5390 5391 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5392 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5393 switch (SC) { 5394 case SC_None: 5395 break; 5396 case SC_Static: 5397 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5398 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5399 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5400 break; 5401 case SC_Auto: 5402 case SC_Register: 5403 case SC_Extern: 5404 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5405 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5406 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5407 // of class members 5408 5409 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5410 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5411 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5412 break; 5413 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5414 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5415 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5416 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5417 } 5418 } 5419 5420 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5421 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5422 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5423 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5424 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5425 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5426 5427 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5428 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5429 if (RD->isUnion()) 5430 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5431 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5432 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5433 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5434 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5435 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5436 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5437 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5438 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5439 } 5440 } 5441 5442 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5443 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5444 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5445 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5446 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5447 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5448 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5449 : nullptr, 5450 TemplateParamLists, 5451 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5452 5453 if (TemplateParams) { 5454 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5455 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5456 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5457 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5458 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5459 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5460 << II 5461 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5462 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5463 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5464 } else { 5465 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5466 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5467 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5468 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5469 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5470 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5471 // This is a template declaration. 5472 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5473 5474 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5475 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5476 return nullptr; 5477 5478 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5479 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5480 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5481 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5482 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5483 } 5484 } 5485 } else { 5486 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5487 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5488 } 5489 5490 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5491 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5492 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5493 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5494 : SourceLocation(); 5495 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5496 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5497 IsPartialSpecialization); 5498 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5499 return nullptr; 5500 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5501 AddToScope = false; 5502 } else 5503 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5504 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5505 5506 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5507 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5508 NewTemplate = 5509 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5510 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5511 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5512 } 5513 5514 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5515 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5516 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5517 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5518 5519 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5520 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5521 if (NewTemplate) 5522 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5523 } 5524 5525 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5526 5527 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5528 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5529 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5530 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5531 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5532 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5533 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5534 5535 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5536 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5537 } 5538 5539 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5540 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5541 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5542 if (NewTemplate) 5543 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5544 5545 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5546 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5547 5548 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5549 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5550 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5551 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5552 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5553 // explicitly. 5554 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5555 // 'extern'. 5556 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5557 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5558 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5559 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5560 else 5561 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5562 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5563 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5564 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5566 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5567 else 5568 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5569 } 5570 5571 // C99 6.7.4p3 5572 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5573 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5574 // thread storage duration... 5575 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5576 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5577 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5578 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5579 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5580 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5581 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5582 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5583 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5584 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5585 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5586 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5587 } 5588 } 5589 5590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5591 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5592 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5593 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5594 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5595 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5596 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5597 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5598 << 2 5599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5600 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5601 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5602 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5603 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5605 else { 5606 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5607 if (NewTemplate) 5608 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5609 } 5610 } 5611 5612 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5613 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5614 5615 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5616 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5617 // storage [duration]." 5618 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5619 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5620 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5621 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5622 } 5623 } 5624 5625 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5626 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5627 // check the VarDecl itself. 5628 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5629 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5630 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5631 5632 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5633 // retainable type. 5634 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5635 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5636 5637 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5638 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5639 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5640 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5641 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5642 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5643 switch (SC) { 5644 case SC_None: 5645 case SC_Auto: 5646 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5647 break; 5648 case SC_Register: 5649 // Local Named register 5650 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5651 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5652 break; 5653 case SC_Static: 5654 case SC_Extern: 5655 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5656 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5657 break; 5658 } 5659 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5660 // Global Named register 5661 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5662 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5663 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5664 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5665 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5666 } 5667 } 5668 5669 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5670 Context, Label, 0)); 5671 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5672 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5673 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5674 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5675 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5676 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5677 } 5678 } 5679 5680 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5681 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5682 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5683 5684 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5685 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5686 // declaration has linkage). 5687 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5688 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5689 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5690 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5691 5692 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5693 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5694 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5695 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5696 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5697 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5698 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5699 5700 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5701 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5702 } else { 5703 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5704 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5705 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5706 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5707 5708 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5709 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5710 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5711 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5712 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5713 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5714 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5715 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5716 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5717 Previous.clear(); 5718 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5719 } 5720 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5721 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5722 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5723 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5724 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5725 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5726 } 5727 5728 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5729 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5730 5731 if (NewTemplate) { 5732 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5733 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5734 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5735 : nullptr; 5736 5737 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5738 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5739 // template declaration. 5740 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5741 TemplateParams, 5742 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5743 : nullptr, 5744 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5745 DC->isDependentContext()) 5746 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5747 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5748 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5749 5750 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5751 // template, make a note of that. 5752 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5753 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5754 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5755 } 5756 } 5757 5758 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5759 5760 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5761 // the map of such variables. 5762 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5763 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5764 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5765 5766 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5767 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5768 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5769 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5770 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5771 Context.setManglingNumber( 5772 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5773 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5774 } 5775 } 5776 5777 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5778 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5779 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5780 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5781 } 5782 5783 if (NewTemplate) { 5784 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5785 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5786 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5787 return NewTemplate; 5788 } 5789 5790 return NewVD; 5791 } 5792 5793 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5794 /// -Wshadow. 5795 /// 5796 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5797 /// scope. 5798 /// 5799 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5800 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5801 /// 5802 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5803 // Return if warning is ignored. 5804 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5805 return; 5806 5807 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5808 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5809 return; 5810 5811 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5812 5813 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5814 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5815 return; 5816 5817 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5818 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5819 return; 5820 5821 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5822 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5823 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5824 if (MD->isStatic()) 5825 return; 5826 5827 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5828 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5829 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5830 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5831 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5832 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5833 ShadowedDecl = I; 5834 break; 5835 } 5836 } 5837 5838 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5839 5840 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5841 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5842 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5843 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5844 return; 5845 5846 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5847 // static data members from base classes? 5848 5849 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5850 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5851 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5852 } 5853 5854 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5855 unsigned Kind; 5856 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5857 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5858 Kind = 3; // field 5859 else 5860 Kind = 2; // static data member 5861 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5862 Kind = 1; // global 5863 else 5864 Kind = 0; // local 5865 5866 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5867 5868 // Emit warning and note. 5869 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5870 return; 5871 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5872 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5873 } 5874 5875 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5876 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5877 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5878 return; 5879 5880 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5881 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5882 LookupName(R, S); 5883 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5884 } 5885 5886 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5887 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5888 template<typename T> 5889 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5890 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5891 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5892 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5893 5894 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5895 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5896 // declaration. 5897 return false; 5898 } 5899 5900 if (Prev) { 5901 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5902 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5903 // redeclaration. 5904 Previous.clear(); 5905 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5906 return true; 5907 } 5908 5909 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5910 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5911 // declaration. 5912 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5913 return false; 5914 } else { 5915 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5916 // translation unit which might conflict. 5917 if (IsGlobal) { 5918 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5919 IsGlobal = false; 5920 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5921 I != E; ++I) { 5922 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5923 Prev = *I; 5924 break; 5925 } 5926 } 5927 } else { 5928 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5929 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5930 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5931 I != E; ++I) { 5932 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5933 Prev = *I; 5934 break; 5935 } 5936 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5937 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5938 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5939 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5940 // diagnostic. 5941 } 5942 } 5943 5944 if (!Prev) 5945 return false; 5946 } 5947 5948 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5949 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5950 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5951 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5952 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5953 else 5954 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5955 5956 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5957 << IsGlobal << ND; 5958 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5959 << IsGlobal; 5960 return false; 5961 } 5962 5963 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5964 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5965 /// 5966 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5967 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5968 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5969 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5970 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5971 template<typename T> 5972 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5973 LookupResult &Previous) { 5974 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5975 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5976 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5977 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5978 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5979 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5980 Previous.clear(); 5981 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5982 return true; 5983 } 5984 } 5985 return false; 5986 } 5987 5988 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5989 // declaration. 5990 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5991 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5992 5993 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5994 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5995 // in another scope. 5996 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5997 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5998 5999 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6000 return false; 6001 } 6002 6003 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6004 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6005 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6006 return; 6007 6008 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6009 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6010 6011 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6012 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6013 return; 6014 6015 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6016 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6017 6018 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6019 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6020 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6021 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6022 NewVD->setType(T); 6023 } 6024 6025 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6026 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6027 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6028 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6029 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6030 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6031 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6032 return; 6033 } 6034 6035 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6036 // __constant address space. 6037 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6038 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6039 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6040 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6041 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6042 return; 6043 } 6044 6045 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6046 // scope. 6047 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6048 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6050 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6051 return; 6052 } 6053 6054 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6055 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6056 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6057 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6058 else { 6059 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6060 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6061 } 6062 } 6063 6064 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6065 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6066 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6067 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6068 6069 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6070 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6071 bool SizeIsNegative; 6072 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6073 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6074 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6075 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6076 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6077 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6078 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6079 // int a[10][n]; 6080 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6081 6082 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6083 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6084 << SizeRange; 6085 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6086 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6087 << SizeRange; 6088 else 6089 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6090 << SizeRange; 6091 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6092 return; 6093 } 6094 6095 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6096 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6097 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6098 else 6099 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6100 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6101 return; 6102 } 6103 6104 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6105 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6106 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6107 } 6108 6109 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6110 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6111 // of objects and functions. 6112 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6113 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6114 << T; 6115 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6116 return; 6117 } 6118 } 6119 6120 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6121 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6122 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6123 return; 6124 } 6125 6126 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6127 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6128 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6129 return; 6130 } 6131 6132 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6133 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6134 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6135 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6136 return; 6137 } 6138 } 6139 6140 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6141 /// declaration. 6142 /// 6143 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6144 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6145 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6146 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6147 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6148 /// 6149 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6150 /// 6151 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6152 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6153 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6154 6155 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6156 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6157 return false; 6158 6159 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6160 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6161 if (Previous.empty() && 6162 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6163 Previous.setShadowed(); 6164 6165 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6166 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6167 6168 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6169 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6170 return true; 6171 } 6172 return false; 6173 } 6174 6175 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6176 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6177 Sema *S; 6178 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6179 }; 6180 6181 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6182 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6183 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6184 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6185 CXXBasePath &Path, 6186 void *UserData) { 6187 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6188 6189 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6190 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6191 6192 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6193 6194 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6195 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6196 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6197 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6198 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6199 6200 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6201 } 6202 6203 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6204 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6205 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6206 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6207 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6208 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6209 return true; 6210 } 6211 } 6212 6213 return false; 6214 } 6215 6216 namespace { 6217 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6218 } 6219 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6220 /// overriden methods. 6221 /// 6222 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6223 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6224 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6225 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6226 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6227 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6228 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6229 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6230 I != E; ++I) { 6231 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6232 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6233 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6234 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6235 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6236 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6237 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6238 } 6239 } 6240 6241 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6242 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6243 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6244 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6245 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6246 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6247 Data.Method = MD; 6248 Data.S = this; 6249 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6250 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6251 bool AddedAny = false; 6252 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6253 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6254 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6255 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6256 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6257 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6258 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6259 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6260 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6261 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6262 AddedAny = true; 6263 } 6264 } 6265 } 6266 } 6267 6268 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6269 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6270 } 6271 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6272 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6273 } 6274 6275 return AddedAny; 6276 } 6277 6278 namespace { 6279 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6280 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6281 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6282 Scope *S; 6283 Declarator &D; 6284 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6285 bool AddToScope; 6286 }; 6287 } 6288 6289 namespace { 6290 6291 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6292 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6293 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6294 public: 6295 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6296 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6297 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6298 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6299 6300 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6301 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6302 return false; 6303 6304 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6305 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6306 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6307 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6308 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6309 6310 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6311 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6312 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6313 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6314 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6315 return true; 6316 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6317 return true; 6318 } 6319 } 6320 } 6321 6322 return false; 6323 } 6324 6325 private: 6326 ASTContext &Context; 6327 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6328 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6329 }; 6330 6331 } 6332 6333 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6334 /// 6335 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6336 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6337 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6338 /// the same name. 6339 /// 6340 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6341 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6342 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6343 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6344 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6345 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6346 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6347 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6348 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6349 TypoCorrection Correction; 6350 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6351 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6352 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6353 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6354 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6355 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6356 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6357 6358 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6359 if (IsLocalFriend) 6360 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6361 else 6362 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6363 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6364 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6365 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6366 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6367 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 6368 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6369 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6370 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6371 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6372 if (FD && 6373 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6374 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6375 // involve a parameter 6376 unsigned ParamNum = 6377 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6378 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6379 } 6380 } 6381 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6382 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6383 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6384 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6385 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6386 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6387 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6388 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6389 Previous.clear(); 6390 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6391 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6392 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6393 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6394 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6395 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6396 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6397 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6398 } 6399 } 6400 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6401 6402 NamedDecl *Result; 6403 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6404 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6405 { 6406 // Trap errors. 6407 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6408 6409 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6410 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6411 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6412 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6413 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6414 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6415 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6416 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6417 6418 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6419 Result = nullptr; 6420 } 6421 6422 if (Result) { 6423 // Determine which correction we picked. 6424 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6425 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6426 I != E; ++I) 6427 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6428 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6429 6430 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6431 Correction, 6432 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6433 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6434 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6435 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6436 return Result; 6437 } 6438 6439 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6440 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6441 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6442 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6443 Previous.clear(); 6444 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6445 } 6446 6447 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6448 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6449 6450 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6451 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6452 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6453 6454 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6455 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6456 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6457 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6458 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6459 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6460 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6461 6462 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6463 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6464 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6465 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6466 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6467 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6468 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6469 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6470 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6471 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6472 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6473 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6474 } else 6475 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6476 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6477 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6478 } 6479 return nullptr; 6480 } 6481 6482 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6483 Declarator &D) { 6484 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6485 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6486 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6487 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6488 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6489 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6490 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6491 D.setInvalidType(); 6492 break; 6493 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6494 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6495 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6496 return SC_None; 6497 return SC_Extern; 6498 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6499 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6500 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6501 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6502 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6503 // other than extern 6504 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6505 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6506 diag::err_static_block_func); 6507 break; 6508 } else 6509 return SC_Static; 6510 } 6511 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6512 } 6513 6514 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6515 return SC_None; 6516 } 6517 6518 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6519 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6520 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6521 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6522 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6523 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6524 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6525 6526 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6527 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6528 6529 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6530 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6531 // prototype. This true when: 6532 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6533 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6534 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6535 bool HasPrototype = 6536 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6537 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6538 6539 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6540 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6541 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6542 HasPrototype, false); 6543 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6544 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6545 6546 // Set the lexical context. 6547 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6548 6549 return NewFD; 6550 } 6551 6552 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6553 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6554 6555 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6556 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6557 // the class has been completely parsed. 6558 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6559 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6560 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6561 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6562 D.setInvalidType(); 6563 6564 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6565 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6566 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6567 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6568 6569 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6570 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6571 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6572 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6573 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6574 isConstexpr); 6575 6576 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6577 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6578 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6579 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6580 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6581 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6582 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6583 D.getLocStart(), 6584 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6585 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6586 6587 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6588 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6589 // it yet. 6590 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6591 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6592 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6593 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6594 } 6595 6596 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6597 return NewDD; 6598 6599 } else { 6600 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6601 D.setInvalidType(); 6602 6603 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6604 // code path. 6605 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6606 D.getLocStart(), 6607 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6608 SC, isInline, 6609 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6610 } 6611 6612 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6613 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6614 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6615 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6616 return nullptr; 6617 } 6618 6619 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6620 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6621 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6622 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6623 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6624 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6625 6626 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6627 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6628 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6629 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6630 // constructor if it has no return type). 6631 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6632 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6633 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6634 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6635 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6636 return nullptr; 6637 } 6638 6639 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6640 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6641 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6642 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6643 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6644 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6645 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6646 return Ret; 6647 } else { 6648 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6649 // prototype. This true when: 6650 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6651 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6652 D.getLocStart(), 6653 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6654 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 enum OpenCLParamType { 6659 ValidKernelParam, 6660 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6661 PtrKernelParam, 6662 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6663 InvalidKernelParam, 6664 RecordKernelParam 6665 }; 6666 6667 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6668 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6669 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6670 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6671 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6672 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6673 : PtrKernelParam; 6674 } 6675 6676 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6677 // be used as builtin types. 6678 6679 if (PT->isImageType()) 6680 return PtrKernelParam; 6681 6682 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6683 return InvalidKernelParam; 6684 6685 if (PT->isEventT()) 6686 return InvalidKernelParam; 6687 6688 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6689 return InvalidKernelParam; 6690 6691 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6692 return RecordKernelParam; 6693 6694 return ValidKernelParam; 6695 } 6696 6697 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6698 Sema &S, 6699 Declarator &D, 6700 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6701 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6702 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6703 6704 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6705 // used again 6706 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6707 return; 6708 6709 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6710 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6711 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6712 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6713 // pointer to a pointer type. 6714 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6715 D.setInvalidType(); 6716 return; 6717 6718 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6719 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6720 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6721 // pointer to the private address space. 6722 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6723 D.setInvalidType(); 6724 return; 6725 6726 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6727 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6728 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6729 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6730 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6731 6732 case InvalidKernelParam: 6733 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6734 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6735 // of event_t type. 6736 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6737 D.setInvalidType(); 6738 return; 6739 6740 case PtrKernelParam: 6741 case ValidKernelParam: 6742 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6743 return; 6744 6745 case RecordKernelParam: 6746 break; 6747 } 6748 6749 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6750 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6751 6752 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6753 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6754 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6755 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6756 6757 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6758 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6759 6760 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6761 6762 do { 6763 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6764 if (!Next) { 6765 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6766 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6767 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6768 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6769 6770 continue; 6771 } 6772 6773 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6774 // field itself) to the history stack. 6775 const RecordDecl *RD; 6776 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6777 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6778 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6779 } else { 6780 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6781 } 6782 6783 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6784 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6785 6786 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6787 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6788 6789 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6790 continue; 6791 6792 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6793 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6794 continue; 6795 6796 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6797 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6798 continue; 6799 } 6800 6801 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6802 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6803 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6804 // union. 6805 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6806 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6807 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6808 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6809 << PT->isUnionType() 6810 << PT; 6811 } else { 6812 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6813 } 6814 6815 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6816 << PD->getDeclName(); 6817 6818 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6819 // the offending field came from 6820 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6821 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6822 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6823 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6824 << OuterField->getType(); 6825 } 6826 6827 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6828 << QT->isPointerType() 6829 << QT; 6830 D.setInvalidType(); 6831 return; 6832 } 6833 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6834 } 6835 6836 NamedDecl* 6837 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6838 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6839 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6840 bool &AddToScope) { 6841 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6842 6843 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6844 6845 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6846 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6847 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6848 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6849 6850 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6851 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6852 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6853 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6854 6855 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6856 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6857 6858 bool isFriend = false; 6859 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6860 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6861 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6862 6863 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6864 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6865 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6866 6867 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6868 6869 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6870 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6871 6872 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6873 isVirtualOkay); 6874 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6875 6876 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6877 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6878 6879 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6880 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6881 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6882 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6883 6884 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6885 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6886 6887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6888 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6889 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6890 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6891 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6892 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6893 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6894 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6895 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6896 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6897 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6898 } 6899 6900 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6901 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6902 // return true). 6903 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6904 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6905 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6906 NewFD->setPure(true); 6907 } 6908 6909 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6910 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6911 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6912 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6914 6915 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6916 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6917 bool Invalid = false; 6918 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6919 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6920 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6921 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6922 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6923 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6924 : nullptr, 6925 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6926 Invalid)) { 6927 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6928 // This is a function template 6929 6930 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6931 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6932 return nullptr; 6933 6934 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6935 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6936 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6937 return nullptr; 6938 } 6939 6940 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6941 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6942 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6943 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6944 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6945 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6946 Invalid = true; 6947 } 6948 6949 6950 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6951 NewFD->getLocation(), 6952 Name, TemplateParams, 6953 NewFD); 6954 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6955 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6956 6957 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6958 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6959 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6960 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6961 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6962 } 6963 } else { 6964 // This is a function template specialization. 6965 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6966 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6967 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6968 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6969 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6970 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6971 6972 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6973 if (isFriend) { 6974 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6975 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6976 6977 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6978 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6979 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6980 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6981 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6982 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6983 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6984 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6985 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6986 } 6987 6988 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6989 << Name << RemoveRange 6990 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6991 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6992 } 6993 } 6994 } 6995 else { 6996 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6997 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6998 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6999 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7000 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7001 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7002 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7003 } 7004 7005 if (Invalid) { 7006 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7007 if (FunctionTemplate) 7008 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7009 } 7010 7011 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7012 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7013 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7014 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7015 // 7016 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7017 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7018 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7019 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7020 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7021 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7022 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7023 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7024 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7025 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7026 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7027 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7028 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7029 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7030 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7031 } else { 7032 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7033 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7034 } 7035 7036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7037 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7038 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7039 } 7040 7041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7042 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7043 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7044 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7045 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7046 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7047 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7048 // thing to do. 7049 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7050 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7051 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7052 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7053 QualType Result = 7054 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7055 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7056 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7057 } 7058 7059 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7060 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7061 // declaration. 7062 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7063 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7064 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7065 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7066 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7067 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7068 } 7069 } 7070 7071 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7072 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7073 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7074 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7075 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7076 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7077 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7078 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7079 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7080 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7081 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7082 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7083 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7084 // or conversion function. 7085 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7086 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7087 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7088 } 7089 } 7090 7091 if (isConstexpr) { 7092 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7093 // are implicitly inline. 7094 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7095 7096 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7097 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7098 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7099 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7101 } 7102 7103 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7104 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7105 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7106 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7107 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7108 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7109 << 0 7110 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7111 } else { 7112 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7113 if (FunctionTemplate) 7114 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7115 } 7116 } 7117 7118 if (isFriend) { 7119 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7120 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7121 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7122 } 7123 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7124 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7125 } 7126 7127 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7128 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7129 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7130 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7131 case FDK_Declaration: 7132 case FDK_Definition: 7133 break; 7134 7135 case FDK_Defaulted: 7136 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7137 break; 7138 7139 case FDK_Deleted: 7140 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7141 break; 7142 } 7143 7144 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7145 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7146 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7147 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7148 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7149 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7150 } 7151 7152 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7153 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7154 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7155 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7156 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7157 // the class. 7158 7159 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7160 // member function definition. 7161 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7162 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7163 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7164 } 7165 7166 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7167 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7168 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7169 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7170 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7171 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7172 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7173 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7174 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7175 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7176 } 7177 7178 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7179 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7180 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7181 isExplicitSpecialization || 7182 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7183 7184 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7185 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7186 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7187 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7188 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7189 SE->getString(), 0)); 7190 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7191 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7192 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7193 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7194 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7195 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7196 } 7197 } 7198 7199 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7200 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7201 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7202 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7203 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7204 7205 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7206 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7207 // single void argument. 7208 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7209 // already checks for that case. 7210 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7211 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7212 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7213 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7214 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7215 Params.push_back(Param); 7216 7217 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7218 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7219 } 7220 } 7221 7222 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7223 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7224 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7225 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7226 // 7227 // @code 7228 // typedef void fn(int); 7229 // fn f; 7230 // @endcode 7231 7232 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7233 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7234 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7235 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7236 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7237 Params.push_back(Param); 7238 } 7239 } else { 7240 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7241 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7242 } 7243 7244 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7245 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7246 7247 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7248 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7249 // 7250 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7251 // 7252 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7253 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7254 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7255 7256 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7257 NewFD->addAttr( 7258 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7259 Context, 0)); 7260 7261 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7262 // because all functions have linkage. 7263 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7264 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7265 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7266 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7267 } 7268 7269 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7270 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7271 NewFD->addAttr( 7272 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7273 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7274 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7275 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7276 PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD)) 7277 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7278 } 7279 7280 // Handle attributes. 7281 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7282 7283 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7284 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7285 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7286 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7287 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7288 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7289 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7290 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7291 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7292 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7293 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7294 } 7295 7296 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7297 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7298 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7299 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7300 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7301 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7302 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7303 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7304 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7305 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7306 } 7307 } 7308 7309 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7310 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7311 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7312 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7313 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7314 7315 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7316 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7317 7318 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7319 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7320 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7321 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7322 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7323 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7324 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7325 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7326 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7327 } else { 7328 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7329 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7330 // 7331 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7332 // 7333 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7334 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7335 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7336 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7337 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7339 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7340 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7341 7342 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7343 // argument list into our AST format. 7344 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7345 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7346 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7347 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7348 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7349 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7350 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7351 TemplateArgs); 7352 7353 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7354 7355 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7356 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7357 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7358 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7359 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7360 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7361 7362 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7363 } else { 7364 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7365 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7366 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7367 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7368 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7369 } 7370 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7371 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7372 // wrote something like: 7373 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7374 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7375 // friend void foo<>(int); 7376 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7377 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7378 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7379 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7380 } 7381 7382 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7383 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7384 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7385 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7386 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7387 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7388 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7389 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7390 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7391 InstantiationDependent))) { 7392 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7393 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7394 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7395 Previous)) 7396 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7397 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7398 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7399 && !isFriend) { 7400 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7401 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7402 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7403 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7404 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7405 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7406 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7407 : nullptr), 7408 Previous)) 7409 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7410 7411 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7412 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7413 // specialization (14.7.3) 7414 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7415 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7416 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7417 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7418 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7419 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7420 << SC 7421 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7422 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7423 7424 else 7425 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7426 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7427 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7428 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7429 } 7430 7431 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7432 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7433 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7434 } 7435 7436 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7437 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7438 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7439 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7440 7441 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7442 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7443 7444 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7445 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7446 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7447 } 7448 7449 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7450 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7451 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7452 7453 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7454 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7455 : NewFD); 7456 7457 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7458 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7459 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7460 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7461 7462 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7463 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7464 } 7465 7466 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7467 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7468 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7469 7470 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7471 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7472 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7473 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7474 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7475 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7476 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7477 : nullptr, 7478 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7479 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7480 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7481 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7482 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7483 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7484 DC->isDependentContext()) 7485 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7486 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7487 } 7488 7489 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7490 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7491 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7492 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7493 AddToScope }; 7494 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7495 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7496 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7497 7498 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7499 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7500 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7501 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7502 7503 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7504 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7505 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7506 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7507 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7508 // can actually do this check immediately. 7509 if (isFriend && 7510 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7511 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7512 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7513 // ignore these 7514 } else { 7515 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7516 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7517 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7518 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7519 // 7520 // class X { 7521 // void f() const; 7522 // }; 7523 // 7524 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7525 // 7526 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7527 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7528 // whether the parameter types are references). 7529 7530 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7531 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7532 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7533 return Result; 7534 } 7535 } 7536 7537 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7538 // to something. 7539 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7540 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7541 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7542 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7543 return Result; 7544 } 7545 } 7546 7547 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7548 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7549 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7550 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7551 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7552 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7553 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7554 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7555 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7556 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7557 // generate them. 7558 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7559 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7560 } 7561 } 7562 7563 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7564 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7565 7566 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7567 7568 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7569 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7570 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7571 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7572 << NewFD; 7573 7574 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7575 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7576 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7577 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7578 EPI.Variadic = true; 7579 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7580 7581 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7582 NewFD->setType(R); 7583 } 7584 7585 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7586 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7587 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7588 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7589 7590 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7591 // marking the function. 7592 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7593 7594 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7595 // a pragma. 7596 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7597 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7598 7599 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7600 // the map of such variables. 7601 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7602 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7603 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7604 7605 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7606 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7607 7608 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7609 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7610 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7611 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7612 } 7613 7614 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7615 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7616 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7617 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7618 return FunctionTemplate; 7619 } 7620 } 7621 7622 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7623 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7624 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7625 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7626 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7627 D.setInvalidType(); 7628 } 7629 7630 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7631 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7632 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7633 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7634 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7635 : FixItHint()); 7636 D.setInvalidType(); 7637 } 7638 7639 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7640 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7641 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7642 } 7643 7644 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7645 7646 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7647 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7648 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7649 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7650 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7651 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7652 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7653 7654 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7655 } 7656 } 7657 7658 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7659 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7660 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7661 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7662 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7663 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7664 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7665 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7666 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7667 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7668 AddToScope = false; 7669 } 7670 7671 return NewFD; 7672 } 7673 7674 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7675 /// 7676 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7677 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7678 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7679 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7680 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7681 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7682 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7683 /// 7684 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7685 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7686 /// 7687 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7688 /// 7689 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7690 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7691 LookupResult &Previous, 7692 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7693 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7694 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7695 7696 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7697 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7698 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7699 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7700 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7701 7702 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7703 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7704 7705 bool Redeclaration = false; 7706 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7707 7708 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7709 // the same name, if appropriate. 7710 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7711 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7712 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7713 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7714 // function to the scope. 7715 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7716 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7717 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7718 Redeclaration = true; 7719 OldDecl = Candidate; 7720 } 7721 } else { 7722 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7723 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7724 case Ovl_Match: 7725 Redeclaration = true; 7726 break; 7727 7728 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7729 Redeclaration = true; 7730 break; 7731 7732 case Ovl_Overload: 7733 Redeclaration = false; 7734 break; 7735 } 7736 7737 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7738 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7739 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7740 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7741 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7742 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7743 if (Redeclaration) 7744 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7745 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7746 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7747 if (OverloadedDecl) 7748 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7749 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7750 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7751 } 7752 } 7753 } 7754 7755 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7756 if (!Redeclaration && 7757 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7758 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7759 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7760 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7761 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7762 Redeclaration = true; 7763 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7764 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7765 7766 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7767 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7768 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7769 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7770 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7771 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7772 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7773 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7774 } 7775 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7776 Redeclaration = false; 7777 OldDecl = nullptr; 7778 } 7779 } 7780 } 7781 } 7782 7783 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7784 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7785 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7786 // 7787 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7788 // definition of a static member function. 7789 // 7790 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7791 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7792 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7793 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7794 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7795 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7796 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7797 if (OldDecl) 7798 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7799 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7800 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7801 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7802 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7803 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7804 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7805 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7806 7807 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7808 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7809 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7810 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7811 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7812 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7813 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7814 7815 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7817 } 7818 } 7819 } 7820 7821 if (Redeclaration) { 7822 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7823 // merged. 7824 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7825 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7826 return Redeclaration; 7827 } 7828 7829 Previous.clear(); 7830 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7831 7832 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7833 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7834 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7835 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7836 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7837 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7838 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7839 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7840 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7841 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7842 } 7843 7844 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7845 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7846 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7847 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7848 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7849 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7850 } 7851 7852 } else { 7853 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7854 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7855 7856 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7857 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7858 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7859 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7860 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7861 7862 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7863 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7864 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7865 7866 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7867 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7868 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7869 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7870 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7871 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7872 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7873 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7874 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7875 } 7876 } 7877 } 7878 } 7879 } 7880 7881 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7882 7883 // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions. 7884 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 7885 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 7886 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) { 7887 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 7888 if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall) 7889 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr) 7890 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall); 7891 // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions? 7892 } 7893 7894 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7895 // C++-specific checks. 7896 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7897 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7898 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7899 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7900 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7901 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7902 7903 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7904 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7905 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7906 DeclarationName Name 7907 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7908 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7909 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7910 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7911 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7912 return Redeclaration; 7913 } 7914 } 7915 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7916 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7917 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7918 } 7919 7920 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7921 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7922 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7923 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7924 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7925 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7926 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7927 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7928 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7929 } 7930 } 7931 } 7932 7933 if (Method->isStatic()) 7934 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7935 } 7936 7937 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7938 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7939 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7940 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7941 return Redeclaration; 7942 } 7943 7944 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7945 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7946 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7947 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7948 return Redeclaration; 7949 } 7950 7951 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7952 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7953 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7954 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7955 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7956 7957 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7958 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7959 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7960 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7961 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7962 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7963 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7964 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7965 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7966 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7967 } 7968 } 7969 7970 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7971 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7972 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7973 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7974 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7975 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7976 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7977 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7978 << NewFD << R; 7979 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7980 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7981 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7982 } 7983 } 7984 return Redeclaration; 7985 } 7986 7987 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7988 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7989 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7990 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7991 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7992 // appear in a declaration of main. 7993 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7994 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7995 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7996 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7997 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7998 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7999 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8000 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8001 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8002 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8003 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8004 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8005 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8006 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8007 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8008 } 8009 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8010 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8011 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8012 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8013 } 8014 8015 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8016 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8017 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8018 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8019 return; 8020 } 8021 8022 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8023 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8024 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8025 8026 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8027 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8028 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8029 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8030 8031 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8032 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8033 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8034 else { 8035 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8036 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8037 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8038 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8039 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8040 } 8041 } else { 8042 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8043 // set the flag which tells us that. 8044 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8045 8046 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8047 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8048 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8049 else { 8050 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8051 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8052 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8053 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8054 : FixItHint()); 8055 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8056 } 8057 } 8058 8059 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8060 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8061 8062 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8063 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8064 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8065 8066 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8067 8068 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8069 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8070 // getting shifty. 8071 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8072 HasExtraParameters = false; 8073 8074 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8075 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8076 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8077 nparams = 3; 8078 } 8079 8080 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8081 // if we had some location information about types. 8082 8083 QualType CharPP = 8084 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8085 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8086 8087 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8088 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8089 8090 bool mismatch = true; 8091 8092 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8093 mismatch = false; 8094 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8095 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8096 // char const ** 8097 // char const * const * 8098 // char * const * 8099 8100 QualifierCollector qs; 8101 const PointerType* PT; 8102 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8103 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8104 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8105 Context.CharTy)) { 8106 qs.removeConst(); 8107 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8108 } 8109 } 8110 8111 if (mismatch) { 8112 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8113 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8114 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8115 } 8116 } 8117 8118 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8120 } 8121 8122 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8123 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8124 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8125 } 8126 } 8127 8128 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8129 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8130 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8131 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8132 8133 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8134 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8135 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8136 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8137 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8138 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8139 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8140 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8141 8142 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8143 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8144 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8145 } 8146 } 8147 8148 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8149 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8150 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8151 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8152 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8153 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8154 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8155 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8156 // rules there don't matter.) 8157 const Expr *Culprit; 8158 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8159 return false; 8160 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8161 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8162 return true; 8163 } 8164 8165 namespace { 8166 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8167 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8168 class SelfReferenceChecker 8169 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8170 Sema &S; 8171 Decl *OrigDecl; 8172 bool isRecordType; 8173 bool isPODType; 8174 bool isReferenceType; 8175 8176 public: 8177 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8178 8179 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8180 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8181 isPODType = false; 8182 isRecordType = false; 8183 isReferenceType = false; 8184 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8185 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8186 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8187 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8188 } 8189 } 8190 8191 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8192 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8193 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8194 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8195 if (isReferenceType) 8196 return; 8197 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8198 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8199 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8200 return; 8201 } 8202 8203 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8204 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8205 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8206 return; 8207 } 8208 8209 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8210 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8211 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8212 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8213 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8214 return; 8215 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8216 } 8217 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8218 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8219 return; 8220 } 8221 } 8222 8223 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 8224 // bad, not just r-value uses. 8225 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8226 if (isReferenceType) 8227 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8228 } 8229 8230 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8231 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 8232 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 8233 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8234 8235 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8236 } 8237 8238 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8239 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8240 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8241 8242 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8243 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8244 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8245 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8246 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8247 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8248 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8249 Warn = false; 8250 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8251 } 8252 8253 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8254 if (Warn) 8255 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8256 return; 8257 } 8258 8259 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8260 // Visit that expression. 8261 Visit(Base); 8262 } 8263 8264 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8265 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8266 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8267 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8268 8269 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8270 } 8271 8272 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8273 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8274 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8275 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8276 if (!isPODType) 8277 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8278 return; 8279 } 8280 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8281 } 8282 8283 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8284 8285 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8286 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8287 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) { 8288 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8289 } 8290 } 8291 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8292 } 8293 8294 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8295 // Treat std::move as a use. 8296 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8297 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8298 if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8299 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) { 8300 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8301 } 8302 } 8303 } 8304 } 8305 8306 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8307 } 8308 8309 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8310 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8311 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8312 unsigned diag; 8313 if (isReferenceType) { 8314 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8315 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8316 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8317 } else { 8318 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8319 } 8320 8321 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8322 S.PDiag(diag) 8323 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8324 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8325 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8326 } 8327 }; 8328 8329 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8330 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8331 bool DirectInit) { 8332 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8333 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8334 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8335 return; 8336 8337 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8338 8339 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8340 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8341 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8342 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8343 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8344 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8345 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8346 return; 8347 8348 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8349 } 8350 } 8351 8352 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8353 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8354 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8355 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8356 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8357 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8358 // the initializer. 8359 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8360 return; 8361 8362 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8363 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8364 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8365 // Thus this grotesque test. 8366 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8367 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8368 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8369 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8370 else { 8371 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8372 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8373 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8374 } 8375 return; 8376 } 8377 8378 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8379 if (!VDecl) { 8380 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8381 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8382 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8383 return; 8384 } 8385 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8386 8387 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8388 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8389 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8390 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8391 // contains exactly one expression. 8392 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8393 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8394 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8395 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8396 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8397 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8398 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8399 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8400 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8401 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8402 return; 8403 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8404 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8405 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8406 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8407 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8408 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8409 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8410 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8411 return; 8412 } else { 8413 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8414 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8415 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8416 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8417 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8418 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8419 } 8420 } 8421 8422 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8423 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8424 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8425 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8426 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8427 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8428 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8429 return; 8430 } 8431 Init = Result.get(); 8432 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8433 } 8434 8435 QualType DeducedType; 8436 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8437 DAR_Failed) 8438 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8439 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8440 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8441 return; 8442 } 8443 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8444 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8445 8446 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8447 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8448 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8449 8450 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8451 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8452 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8453 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8454 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8455 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8456 SourceLocation Loc = 8457 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8458 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8459 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8460 } 8461 8462 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8463 // the previously declared type. 8464 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8465 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8466 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8467 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8468 } 8469 8470 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8471 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8472 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8473 return; 8474 } 8475 8476 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8477 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8478 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8479 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8480 return; 8481 } 8482 8483 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8484 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8485 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8486 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8487 return; 8488 } 8489 8490 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8491 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8492 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8493 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8494 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8495 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8496 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8497 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8498 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8499 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8500 return; 8501 } 8502 8503 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8504 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8505 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8506 AbstractVariableType)) 8507 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8508 } 8509 8510 const VarDecl *Def; 8511 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8512 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8513 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8514 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8515 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8516 return; 8517 } 8518 8519 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8520 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8521 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8522 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8523 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8524 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8525 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8526 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8527 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8528 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8529 // 8530 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8531 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8532 // declaration with an initializer. 8533 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8534 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8535 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8536 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8537 return; 8538 } 8539 8540 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8541 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8542 8543 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8544 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8545 return; 8546 } 8547 } 8548 8549 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8550 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8551 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8552 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8553 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8554 return; 8555 } 8556 8557 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8558 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8559 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8560 8561 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8562 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8563 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8564 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8565 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8566 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8568 return; 8569 } 8570 Init = Result.get(); 8571 } 8572 8573 // Perform the initialization. 8574 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8575 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8576 InitializationKind Kind 8577 = DirectInit ? 8578 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8579 Init->getLocStart(), 8580 Init->getLocEnd()) 8581 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8582 VDecl->getLocation()) 8583 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8584 Init->getLocStart()); 8585 8586 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8587 if (CXXDirectInit) 8588 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8589 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8590 8591 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8592 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8593 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8594 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8595 return; 8596 } 8597 8598 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8599 } 8600 8601 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8602 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8603 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8604 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8605 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8606 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8607 } 8608 8609 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8610 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8611 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8612 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8613 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8614 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8615 8616 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8617 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8618 8619 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8620 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8621 8622 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8623 // Although this code can still have problems: 8624 // id x = self.weakProp; 8625 // id y = self.weakProp; 8626 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8627 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8628 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8629 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8630 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8631 Init->getLocStart())) 8632 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8633 } 8634 8635 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8636 // 8637 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8638 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8639 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8640 // 8641 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8642 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8643 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8644 // 8645 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8646 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8647 false, 8648 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8649 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8650 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8651 return; 8652 } 8653 Init = Result.get(); 8654 8655 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8656 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8657 8658 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8659 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8660 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8661 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8662 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8663 const Expr *Culprit; 8664 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8665 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8666 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8667 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8668 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8669 // constant expressions. 8670 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8671 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8672 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8673 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8674 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8675 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8676 } 8677 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8678 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8679 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8680 // 8681 // struct S { 8682 // static const int value = 17; 8683 // }; 8684 8685 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8686 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8687 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8688 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8689 // 8690 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8691 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8692 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8693 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8694 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8695 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8696 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8697 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8698 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8699 8700 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8701 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8702 8703 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8704 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8705 // type. 8706 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8707 8708 // Require constness. 8709 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8710 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8711 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8712 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8713 8714 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8715 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8716 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8717 SourceLocation Loc; 8718 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8719 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8720 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8721 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8722 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8723 ; // Nothing to check. 8724 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8725 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8726 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8727 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8728 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8729 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8730 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8731 } else { 8732 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8733 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8735 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8736 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8737 } 8738 8739 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8740 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8741 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8742 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8743 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8744 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8745 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8746 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8747 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8748 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8749 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8750 } else { 8751 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8752 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8753 8754 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8755 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8756 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8757 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8758 } 8759 } 8760 8761 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8762 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8763 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8764 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8765 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8766 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8767 8768 } else { 8769 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8770 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8771 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8772 } 8773 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8774 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8775 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8776 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8777 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8778 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8779 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8780 8781 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8782 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8783 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8784 } 8785 8786 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8787 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8788 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8789 // 8790 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8791 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8792 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8793 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8794 // special case code. 8795 8796 // C++ 8.5p11: 8797 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8798 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8799 // class type. 8800 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8801 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8802 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8803 } else if (DirectInit) { 8804 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8805 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8806 } 8807 8808 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8809 } 8810 8811 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8812 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8813 /// of sanity. 8814 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8815 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8816 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8817 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8818 8819 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8820 if (!VD) return; 8821 8822 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8823 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8824 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8825 return; 8826 } 8827 8828 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8829 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8830 8831 // Require a complete type. 8832 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8833 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8834 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8835 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8836 return; 8837 } 8838 8839 // Require a non-abstract type. 8840 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8841 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8842 AbstractVariableType)) { 8843 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8844 return; 8845 } 8846 8847 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8848 // though. 8849 } 8850 8851 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8852 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8853 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8854 if (!RealDecl) 8855 return; 8856 8857 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8858 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8859 8860 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8861 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8862 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8863 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8864 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8865 return; 8866 } 8867 8868 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8869 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8870 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8871 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8872 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8873 // member. 8874 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8875 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8876 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8877 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8878 << Var->getDeclName(); 8879 else 8880 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8881 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8882 return; 8883 } 8884 8885 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8886 // be initialized. 8887 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8888 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8889 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8890 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8891 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8892 return; 8893 } 8894 8895 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8896 case VarDecl::Definition: 8897 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8898 break; 8899 8900 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8901 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8902 // a declaration. 8903 // 8904 // Fall through 8905 8906 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8907 // It's only a declaration. 8908 8909 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8910 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8911 // object shall be complete. 8912 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8913 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8914 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8915 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8916 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8917 8918 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8919 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8920 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8921 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8922 AbstractVariableType)) 8923 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8924 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8925 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8926 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8927 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8928 } 8929 8930 return; 8931 8932 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8933 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8934 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8935 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8936 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8937 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8938 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8939 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8940 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8941 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8942 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8943 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8944 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8945 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8946 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8947 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8948 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8949 // NOTE: code such as the following 8950 // static struct s; 8951 // struct s { int a; }; 8952 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8953 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8954 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8955 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8956 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8957 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8958 } 8959 } 8960 8961 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8962 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8963 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8964 return; 8965 } 8966 8967 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8968 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8969 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8970 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8971 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8972 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8973 return; 8974 } 8975 8976 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8977 // definitions with reference type. 8978 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8979 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8980 << Var->getDeclName() 8981 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8982 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8983 return; 8984 } 8985 8986 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8987 // variable with dependent type. 8988 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8989 return; 8990 8991 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8992 return; 8993 8994 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8995 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8996 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8997 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8998 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8999 return; 9000 } 9001 } 9002 9003 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9004 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9005 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9006 AbstractVariableType)) { 9007 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9008 return; 9009 } 9010 9011 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9012 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9013 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9014 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9015 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9016 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9017 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9018 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9019 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9020 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9021 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9022 if (const RecordType *Record 9023 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9024 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9025 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9026 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9027 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9028 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9029 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9030 } 9031 } 9032 9033 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9034 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9035 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9036 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9037 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9038 // type shall have a user-declared default 9039 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9040 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9041 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9042 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9043 // program is ill-formed. 9044 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9045 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9046 // default-initialized; [...]. 9047 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9048 InitializationKind Kind 9049 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9050 9051 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9052 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9053 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9054 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9055 else if (Init.get()) { 9056 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9057 // This is important for template substitution. 9058 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9059 } 9060 9061 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9062 } 9063 } 9064 9065 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9066 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9067 if (!VD) { 9068 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9069 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9070 return; 9071 } 9072 9073 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9074 9075 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9076 int Error = -1; 9077 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9078 case SC_None: 9079 break; 9080 case SC_Extern: 9081 Error = 0; 9082 break; 9083 case SC_Static: 9084 Error = 1; 9085 break; 9086 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9087 Error = 2; 9088 break; 9089 case SC_Auto: 9090 Error = 3; 9091 break; 9092 case SC_Register: 9093 Error = 4; 9094 break; 9095 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9096 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9097 } 9098 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9099 Error = 5; 9100 if (Error != -1) { 9101 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9102 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9103 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9104 } 9105 } 9106 9107 StmtResult 9108 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9109 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9110 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9111 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9112 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9113 // A range-based for statement of the form 9114 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9115 // is equivalent to 9116 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9117 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9118 9119 const char *PrevSpec; 9120 unsigned DiagID; 9121 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9122 getPrintingPolicy()); 9123 9124 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9125 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9126 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9127 9128 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9129 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9130 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9131 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9132 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9133 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9134 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9135 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9136 } 9137 9138 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9139 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9140 9141 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9142 // local retaining variable. 9143 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9144 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9145 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9146 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9147 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9148 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9149 break; 9150 9151 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9152 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9153 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9154 break; 9155 } 9156 } 9157 9158 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9159 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9160 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9161 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9162 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9163 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9164 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9165 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9166 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9167 var->getLocation())) { 9168 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9169 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9170 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9171 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9172 9173 if (!prev) 9174 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9175 } 9176 9177 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9178 const Expr *Culprit; 9179 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9180 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9181 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9182 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9183 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9184 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9185 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9186 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9187 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9188 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9189 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9190 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9191 // initialization. 9192 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9193 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9194 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9195 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9196 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9197 } 9198 9199 } 9200 9201 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9202 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9203 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9204 int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read; 9205 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9206 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9207 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9208 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9209 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9210 } else { 9211 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9212 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9213 } 9214 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9215 var->addAttr( 9216 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9217 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9218 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9219 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9220 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9221 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9222 9223 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9224 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9225 // attribute. 9226 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9227 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9228 CurInitSegLoc)); 9229 } 9230 9231 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9232 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9233 9234 QualType type = var->getType(); 9235 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9236 9237 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9238 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9239 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9240 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9241 9242 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9243 // constructing this copy. 9244 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9245 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9246 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9247 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9248 ExprResult result 9249 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9250 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9251 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9252 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9253 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9254 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9255 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9256 } 9257 } 9258 } 9259 9260 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9261 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9262 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9263 9264 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9265 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9266 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9267 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9268 var->getLocation())) { 9269 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9270 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9271 // warned about them. 9272 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9273 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9274 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9275 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9276 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9277 } 9278 9279 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9280 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9281 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9282 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9283 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9284 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9285 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9286 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9287 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9288 Notes.clear(); 9289 } 9290 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9291 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9292 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9293 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9294 } 9295 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9296 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9297 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9298 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9299 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9300 } 9301 } 9302 9303 // Require the destructor. 9304 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9305 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9306 } 9307 9308 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9309 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9310 void 9311 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9312 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9313 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9314 9315 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9316 if (!VD) 9317 return; 9318 9319 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9320 9321 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9322 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9323 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9324 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9325 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9326 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9327 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9328 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9329 } 9330 } 9331 } 9332 9333 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9334 if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 9335 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9336 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9337 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9338 // with a warning. 9339 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9340 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9341 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9342 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9343 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9344 9345 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9346 IsClassTemplateMember 9347 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9348 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9349 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9350 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9351 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9352 } 9353 } 9354 9355 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9356 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9357 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9358 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9359 } 9360 } 9361 9362 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9363 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9364 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9365 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9366 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9367 << VD->getDeclName(); 9368 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9369 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9370 } 9371 } 9372 } 9373 9374 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9375 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9376 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9377 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9378 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9379 9380 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9381 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9382 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9383 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9384 9385 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9386 // tag values. 9387 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9388 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9389 return; 9390 9391 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9392 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9393 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9394 continue; 9395 } 9396 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9397 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9398 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9399 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9400 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9401 continue; 9402 } 9403 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9404 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9405 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9406 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9407 continue; 9408 } 9409 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9410 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9411 MagicValue, 9412 I->getMatchingCType(), 9413 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9414 I->getMustBeNull()); 9415 } 9416 } 9417 9418 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9419 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9420 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9421 9422 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9423 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9424 9425 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9426 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9427 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9428 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9429 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9430 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9431 Decls.push_back(D); 9432 } 9433 9434 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9435 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9436 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9437 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9438 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9439 } 9440 } 9441 9442 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9443 } 9444 9445 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9446 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9447 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9448 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9449 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9450 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9451 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9452 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9453 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9454 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9455 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9456 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9457 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9458 QualType Deduced; 9459 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9460 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9461 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9462 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9463 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9464 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9465 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9466 break; 9467 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9468 if (!U.isNull()) { 9469 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9470 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9471 Deduced = U; 9472 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9473 DeducedDecl = D; 9474 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9475 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9476 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9477 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9478 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9479 << U << D->getDeclName() 9480 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9481 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9482 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9483 break; 9484 } 9485 } 9486 } 9487 } 9488 } 9489 9490 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9491 9492 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9493 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9494 } 9495 9496 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9497 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9498 } 9499 9500 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9501 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9502 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9503 return; 9504 9505 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9506 return; 9507 9508 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9509 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9510 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9511 // additional declaration references: 9512 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9513 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9514 // 'struct S *pS;' 9515 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9516 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9517 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9518 Group = Group.slice(1); 9519 } 9520 } 9521 9522 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9523 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9524 if (!Comments.empty() && 9525 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9526 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9527 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9528 // 9529 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9530 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9531 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9532 // ahead through comments. 9533 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9534 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9535 } 9536 } 9537 9538 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9539 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9540 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9541 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9542 9543 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9544 9545 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9546 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9547 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9548 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9549 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9550 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9551 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9552 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9553 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9554 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9555 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9556 } 9557 9558 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9559 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9560 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9561 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9562 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9563 << 0; 9564 9565 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9566 9567 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9568 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9569 9570 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9571 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9572 // parameter. 9573 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9574 9575 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9576 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9577 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9578 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9579 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9580 } 9581 } 9582 9583 // Ensure we have a valid name 9584 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9585 if (D.hasName()) { 9586 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9587 if (!II) { 9588 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9589 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9590 D.setInvalidType(true); 9591 } 9592 } 9593 9594 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9595 if (II) { 9596 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9597 ForRedeclaration); 9598 LookupName(R, S); 9599 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9600 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9601 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9602 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9603 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9604 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9605 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9606 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9607 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9608 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9609 9610 // Recover by removing the name 9611 II = nullptr; 9612 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9613 D.setInvalidType(true); 9614 } 9615 } 9616 } 9617 9618 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9619 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9620 // looking like class members in C++. 9621 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9622 D.getLocStart(), 9623 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9624 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9625 StorageClass); 9626 9627 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9628 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9629 9630 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9631 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9632 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9633 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9634 9635 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9636 S->AddDecl(New); 9637 if (II) 9638 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9639 9640 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9641 9642 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9644 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9645 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9646 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9647 9648 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9649 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9650 } 9651 return New; 9652 } 9653 9654 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9655 /// typedef. 9656 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9657 SourceLocation Loc, 9658 QualType T) { 9659 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9660 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9661 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9662 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9663 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9664 SC_None, nullptr); 9665 Param->setImplicit(); 9666 return Param; 9667 } 9668 9669 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9670 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9671 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9672 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9673 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9674 return; 9675 9676 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9677 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9678 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9679 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9680 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9681 } 9682 } 9683 } 9684 9685 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9686 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9687 QualType ReturnTy, 9688 NamedDecl *D) { 9689 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9690 return; 9691 9692 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9693 // threshold. 9694 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9695 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9696 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9697 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9698 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9699 } 9700 9701 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9702 // threshold. 9703 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9704 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9705 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9706 continue; 9707 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9708 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9709 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9710 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9711 } 9712 } 9713 9714 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9715 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9716 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9717 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9718 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9719 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9720 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9721 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9722 9723 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9724 9725 // Special cases for arrays: 9726 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9727 // - otherwise, it's an error 9728 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9729 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9730 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9731 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9732 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9733 } 9734 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9735 } else { 9736 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9737 } 9738 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9739 } 9740 9741 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9742 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9743 TSInfo, 9744 StorageClass, nullptr); 9745 9746 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9747 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9748 // the class has been completely parsed. 9749 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9750 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9751 AbstractParamType)) 9752 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9753 9754 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9755 // passed by reference. 9756 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9757 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9758 Diag(NameLoc, 9759 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9760 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9761 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9762 New->setType(T); 9763 } 9764 9765 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9766 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9767 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9768 // an address space. 9769 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9770 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9771 // to be qualified with an address space. 9772 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9773 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9774 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9775 } 9776 } 9777 9778 return New; 9779 } 9780 9781 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9782 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9783 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9784 9785 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9786 // for a K&R function. 9787 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9788 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9789 --i; 9790 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 9791 SmallString<256> Code; 9792 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9793 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9794 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9795 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9796 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9797 9798 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9799 // type. 9800 AttributeFactory attrs; 9801 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9802 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9803 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9804 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9805 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9806 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9807 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9808 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9809 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9810 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9811 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9812 } 9813 } 9814 } 9815 } 9816 9817 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9818 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 9819 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9820 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9821 9822 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9823 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9824 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9825 } 9826 9827 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 9828 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 9829 } 9830 9831 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9832 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9833 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9834 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9835 return false; 9836 9837 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9838 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9839 return false; 9840 9841 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9842 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9843 return false; 9844 9845 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9846 if (FD->isMain()) 9847 return false; 9848 9849 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9850 if (FD->isInlined()) 9851 return false; 9852 9853 // Don't warn about function templates. 9854 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9855 return false; 9856 9857 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9858 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9859 return false; 9860 9861 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9862 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9863 return false; 9864 9865 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9866 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9867 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9868 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9869 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9870 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9871 continue; 9872 9873 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9874 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9875 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9876 break; 9877 } 9878 9879 return MissingPrototype; 9880 } 9881 9882 void 9883 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9884 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9885 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9886 // was an extern inline function. 9887 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9888 if (!Definition) 9889 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9890 return; 9891 9892 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9893 return; 9894 9895 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9896 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9897 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9898 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9899 else 9900 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9901 9902 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9903 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9904 } 9905 9906 9907 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9908 Sema &S) { 9909 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9910 9911 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9912 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9913 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9914 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9915 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9916 9917 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9918 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9919 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9920 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9921 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9922 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9923 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9924 9925 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9926 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9927 9928 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9929 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9930 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9931 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9932 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9933 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9934 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9935 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9936 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9937 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9938 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9939 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9940 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9941 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9942 9943 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9944 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9945 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9946 } 9947 } 9948 } 9949 9950 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9951 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9952 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9953 9954 if (!D) 9955 return D; 9956 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 9957 9958 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9959 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9960 else 9961 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9962 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9963 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9964 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9965 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9966 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9967 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9968 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9969 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9970 // have the LSI properly restored. 9971 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9972 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9973 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9974 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9975 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9976 } 9977 else 9978 // Enter a new function scope 9979 PushFunctionScope(); 9980 9981 // See if this is a redefinition. 9982 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9983 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9984 9985 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9986 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9987 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9988 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9989 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9990 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9991 } 9992 } 9993 9994 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9995 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9996 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9997 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9998 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9999 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10000 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10001 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10002 10003 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10004 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10005 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10006 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10007 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10008 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10009 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10011 10012 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10013 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10014 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10015 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10016 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10017 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10018 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10019 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10020 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10021 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10022 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10023 } 10024 } 10025 } 10026 10027 if (FnBodyScope) 10028 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10029 10030 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10031 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10032 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10033 10034 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10035 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10036 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10037 10038 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10039 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10040 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10041 10042 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10043 } 10044 } 10045 10046 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10047 // introduce them into the function scope. 10048 if (FnBodyScope) { 10049 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10050 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10051 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10052 I != E; ++I) { 10053 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10054 10055 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10056 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10057 // and reattach to the current context. 10058 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10059 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10060 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10061 if (DI == D) { 10062 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10063 break; 10064 } 10065 } 10066 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10067 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10068 } 10069 10070 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10071 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10072 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10073 10074 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10075 // accessible in this scope. 10076 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10077 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10078 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10079 } 10080 } 10081 } 10082 10083 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10084 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10085 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10086 10087 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10088 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10089 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10090 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10091 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10092 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10093 return D; 10094 } 10095 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10096 // a function template). 10097 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10098 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10099 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10100 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10101 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10102 10103 return D; 10104 } 10105 10106 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10107 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10108 /// optimization. 10109 /// 10110 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10111 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10112 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10113 /// use the named return value optimization. 10114 /// 10115 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10116 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10117 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10118 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10119 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10120 10121 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10122 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10123 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10124 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10125 } 10126 } 10127 } 10128 10129 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10130 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10131 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10132 return false; 10133 10134 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10135 // return type (yet). 10136 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10137 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10138 // we can still delay parsing it. 10139 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10140 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10141 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10142 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10143 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10144 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10145 } 10146 } 10147 return false; 10148 } 10149 10150 return true; 10151 } 10152 10153 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10154 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10155 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10156 // rest of the file. 10157 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10158 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10159 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10160 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10161 return false; 10162 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10163 } 10164 10165 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10166 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10167 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10168 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10169 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10170 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10171 } 10172 10173 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10174 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10175 } 10176 10177 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10178 bool IsInstantiation) { 10179 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10180 10181 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10182 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10183 10184 if (FD) { 10185 FD->setBody(Body); 10186 10187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10188 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10189 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10190 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10191 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10192 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10193 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10194 << FD->getReturnType(); 10195 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10196 } else { 10197 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10198 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 10199 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 10200 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10201 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10202 } 10203 } 10204 10205 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10206 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10207 // is the first declaration. 10208 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10209 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10210 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10211 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10212 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10213 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10214 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10215 } 10216 10217 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10218 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10219 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10220 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10221 10222 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10223 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10224 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10226 10227 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10228 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10229 if (Body) 10230 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10231 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10232 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10233 10234 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10235 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10236 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10237 10238 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10239 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10240 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10241 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10242 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10243 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10244 } 10245 10246 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10247 "Function parsing confused"); 10248 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10249 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10250 MD->setBody(Body); 10251 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10252 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10253 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10254 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10255 10256 if (Body) 10257 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10258 } 10259 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10260 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10261 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10262 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10263 } 10264 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10265 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10266 bool isDesignated = 10267 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10268 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10269 (void)isDesignated; 10270 10271 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10272 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10273 if (!IFace) 10274 return false; 10275 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10276 if (!SuperD) 10277 return false; 10278 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10279 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10280 }; 10281 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10282 // of NSObject. 10283 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10284 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10285 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10286 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10287 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10288 } 10289 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10290 } 10291 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10292 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10293 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10294 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10295 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10296 } 10297 } else { 10298 return nullptr; 10299 } 10300 10301 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10302 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10303 "handled in the block above."); 10304 10305 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10306 if (Body) { 10307 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10308 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10309 // Verify this. 10310 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10311 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10312 10313 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10314 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10315 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10316 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10317 10318 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10319 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10320 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10321 10322 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10323 Destructor->getParent()); 10324 } 10325 10326 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10327 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10328 // deletion in some later function. 10329 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10330 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10331 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10332 } 10333 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10334 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10335 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10336 // enabled. 10337 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10338 } 10339 10340 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10341 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10342 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10343 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10344 10345 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10346 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10347 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10348 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10349 } 10350 10351 if (!IsInstantiation) 10352 PopDeclContext(); 10353 10354 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10355 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10356 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10357 // deletion in some later function. 10358 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10359 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10360 } 10361 10362 return dcl; 10363 } 10364 10365 10366 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10367 /// relevant Decl. 10368 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10369 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10370 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10371 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10372 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10373 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10374 10375 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10376 if (Method->isStatic()) 10377 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10378 } 10379 10380 10381 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10382 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10383 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10384 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10385 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10386 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10387 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10388 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10389 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10390 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10391 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10392 return ExternCPrev; 10393 } 10394 10395 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10396 unsigned diag_id; 10397 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10398 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10399 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10400 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10401 else 10402 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10403 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10404 10405 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10406 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10407 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10408 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10409 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10410 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10411 LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator, 10412 CTK_NonError))) 10413 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10414 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10415 } 10416 10417 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10418 const char *Dummy; 10419 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10420 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10421 unsigned DiagID; 10422 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10423 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10424 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10425 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10426 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10427 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10428 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10429 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10430 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10431 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10432 /*NumParams=*/0, 10433 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10434 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10435 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10436 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10437 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10438 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10439 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10440 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10441 EST_None, 10442 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10443 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10444 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10445 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10446 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10447 Loc, Loc, D), 10448 DS.getAttributes(), 10449 SourceLocation()); 10450 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10451 10452 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10453 10454 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10455 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10456 10457 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10458 FD->setImplicit(); 10459 10460 CurContext = PrevDC; 10461 10462 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10463 10464 return FD; 10465 } 10466 10467 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10468 /// the declaration of this function. 10469 /// 10470 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10471 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10472 /// like NSLog or printf. 10473 /// 10474 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10475 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10476 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10477 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10478 return; 10479 10480 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10481 // actual attributes. 10482 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10483 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10484 unsigned FormatIdx; 10485 bool HasVAListArg; 10486 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10487 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10488 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10489 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10490 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10491 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10492 fmt = "NSString"; 10493 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10494 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10495 FormatIdx+1, 10496 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10497 FD->getLocation())); 10498 } 10499 } 10500 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10501 HasVAListArg)) { 10502 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10503 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10504 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10505 FormatIdx+1, 10506 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10507 FD->getLocation())); 10508 } 10509 10510 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10511 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10512 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10513 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10514 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10515 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10516 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10517 } 10518 10519 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10520 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10521 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10522 FD->getLocation())); 10523 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10524 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10525 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10526 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10527 } 10528 10529 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10530 if (!Name) 10531 return; 10532 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10533 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10534 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10535 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10536 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10537 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10538 // about. 10539 } else 10540 return; 10541 10542 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10543 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10544 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10545 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10546 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10547 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10548 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10549 FD->getLocation())); 10550 } 10551 10552 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10553 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10554 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10555 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10556 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10557 FD->getLocation())); 10558 } 10559 } 10560 10561 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10562 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10563 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10564 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10565 10566 if (!TInfo) { 10567 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10568 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10569 } 10570 10571 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10572 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10573 D.getLocStart(), 10574 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10575 D.getIdentifier(), 10576 TInfo); 10577 10578 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10579 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10580 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10581 return NewTD; 10582 } 10583 10584 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10585 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10586 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10587 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10588 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10589 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10590 else 10591 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10592 } 10593 10594 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10595 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10596 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10597 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10598 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10599 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10600 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10601 case TST_enum: 10602 case TST_struct: 10603 case TST_interface: 10604 case TST_union: 10605 case TST_class: { 10606 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10607 10608 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10609 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10610 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10611 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10612 10613 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10614 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10615 10616 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10617 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10618 break; 10619 10620 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10621 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10622 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10623 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10624 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10625 // for how to handle it. 10626 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10627 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10628 10629 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10630 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10631 10632 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10633 textToInsert += ' '; 10634 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10635 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10636 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10637 break; 10638 } 10639 10640 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10641 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10642 break; 10643 } 10644 10645 default: 10646 break; 10647 } 10648 10649 return NewTD; 10650 } 10651 10652 10653 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10654 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10655 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10656 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10657 10658 if (T->isDependentType()) 10659 return false; 10660 10661 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10662 if (BT->isInteger()) 10663 return false; 10664 10665 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10666 return true; 10667 } 10668 10669 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10670 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10671 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10672 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10673 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10674 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10675 10676 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10677 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10678 << Prev->isScoped(); 10679 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10680 return true; 10681 } 10682 10683 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10684 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10685 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10686 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10687 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10688 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10689 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10690 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10691 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10692 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10693 return true; 10694 } 10695 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10696 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10697 << Prev->isFixed(); 10698 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10699 return true; 10700 } 10701 10702 return false; 10703 } 10704 10705 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10706 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10707 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10708 /// 10709 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10710 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10711 switch (Tag) { 10712 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10713 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10714 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10715 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10716 } 10717 } 10718 10719 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10720 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10721 /// 10722 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10723 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10724 { 10725 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10726 } 10727 10728 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10729 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10730 /// 10731 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10732 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10733 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10734 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10735 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10736 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10737 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10738 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10739 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10740 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10741 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10742 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10743 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10744 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10745 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10746 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10747 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10748 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10749 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10750 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10751 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10752 return true; 10753 10754 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10755 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10756 bool isTemplate = false; 10757 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10758 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10759 10760 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10761 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10762 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10763 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10764 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10765 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10766 return true; 10767 } 10768 10769 if (isDefinition) { 10770 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10771 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10772 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10773 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10774 return true; 10775 } 10776 10777 bool previousMismatch = false; 10778 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10779 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10780 if (!previousMismatch) { 10781 previousMismatch = true; 10782 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10783 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10784 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10785 } 10786 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10787 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10788 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10789 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10790 } 10791 } 10792 return true; 10793 } 10794 10795 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10796 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10797 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10798 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10799 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10800 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10801 return true; 10802 } 10803 10804 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10805 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10806 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10807 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10808 10809 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10810 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10811 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10812 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10813 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10814 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10815 } 10816 10817 return true; 10818 } 10819 return false; 10820 } 10821 10822 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 10823 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 10824 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 10825 /// namespace N { 10826 /// struct X; 10827 /// namespace M { 10828 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 10829 /// } 10830 /// } 10831 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 10832 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10833 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 10834 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 10835 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 10836 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 10837 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10838 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 10839 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 10840 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 10841 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 10842 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 10843 return FixItHint(); 10844 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 10845 Namespaces.push_back(II); 10846 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 10847 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 10848 if (Lookup == Namespace) 10849 break; 10850 } 10851 10852 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 10853 // build an NNS. 10854 SmallString<64> Insertion; 10855 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 10856 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 10857 OS << "::"; 10858 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 10859 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 10860 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 10861 OS.flush(); 10862 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 10863 } 10864 10865 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10866 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10867 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10868 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10869 /// 10870 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10871 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10872 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10873 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10874 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10875 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10876 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10877 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10878 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10879 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10880 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10881 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10882 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10883 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10884 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10885 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10886 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10887 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10888 10889 OwnedDecl = false; 10890 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10891 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10892 10893 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10894 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10895 bool Invalid = false; 10896 10897 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10898 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10899 // for non-C++ cases. 10900 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10901 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10902 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10903 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10904 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 10905 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10906 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10907 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10908 return nullptr; 10909 } 10910 10911 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10912 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10913 // be a member of another template). 10914 10915 if (Invalid) 10916 return nullptr; 10917 10918 OwnedDecl = false; 10919 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10920 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10921 TemplateParams, AS, 10922 ModulePrivateLoc, 10923 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 10924 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10925 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10926 return Result.get(); 10927 } else { 10928 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10929 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10930 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10931 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10932 } 10933 } 10934 } 10935 10936 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10937 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10938 // redeclaration. 10939 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10940 10941 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10942 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10943 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10944 // type, default to int. 10945 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10946 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10947 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10948 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10949 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 10950 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10951 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10952 10953 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10954 // Recover by falling back to int. 10955 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10956 10957 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10958 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10959 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10960 10961 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10962 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10963 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10964 } 10965 10966 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10967 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10968 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10969 10970 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10971 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10972 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10973 10974 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10975 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10976 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10977 10978 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10979 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10980 Name = nullptr; 10981 goto CreateNewDecl; 10982 } 10983 10984 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10985 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10986 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10987 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10988 if (!DC) { 10989 IsDependent = true; 10990 return nullptr; 10991 } 10992 } else { 10993 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10994 if (!DC) { 10995 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10996 << SS.getRange(); 10997 return nullptr; 10998 } 10999 } 11000 11001 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11002 return nullptr; 11003 11004 SearchDC = DC; 11005 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11006 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11007 11008 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11009 return nullptr; 11010 11011 if (Previous.empty()) { 11012 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11013 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11014 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11015 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11016 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11017 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11018 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11019 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11020 IsDependent = true; 11021 return nullptr; 11022 } 11023 11024 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11025 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11026 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11027 Name = nullptr; 11028 Invalid = true; 11029 goto CreateNewDecl; 11030 } 11031 } else if (Name) { 11032 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11033 // declaration or definition. 11034 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11035 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11036 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11037 LookupName(Previous, S); 11038 11039 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11040 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11041 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11042 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11043 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11044 while (F.hasNext()) { 11045 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11046 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11047 F.erase(); 11048 } 11049 F.done(); 11050 } 11051 11052 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11053 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11054 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11055 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11056 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11057 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11058 // 11059 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11060 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11061 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11062 // 11063 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11064 // semantic context? 11065 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11066 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11067 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11068 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11069 while (F.hasNext()) { 11070 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11071 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11072 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11073 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11074 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11075 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11076 else 11077 F.erase(); 11078 } 11079 } 11080 F.done(); 11081 11082 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11083 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11084 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11085 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11086 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11087 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11088 } 11089 } 11090 11091 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11092 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11093 return nullptr; 11094 11095 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11096 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11097 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11098 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11099 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11100 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11101 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11102 } 11103 } 11104 11105 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11106 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11107 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11108 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11109 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11110 Previous.clear(); 11111 } 11112 11113 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11114 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11115 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11116 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11117 11118 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11119 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11120 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11121 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11122 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11123 } 11124 } 11125 11126 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11127 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11128 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11129 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11130 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11131 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11132 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11133 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11134 11135 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11136 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11137 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11138 // 11139 // class-key identifier 11140 // 11141 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11142 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11143 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11144 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11145 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11146 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11147 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11148 // declaration. 11149 // 11150 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11151 // C structs and unions. 11152 // 11153 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11154 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11155 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11156 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11157 // 11158 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11159 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11160 // 11161 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11162 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11163 // lexical context, 11164 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11165 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11166 11167 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11168 while (S->isClassScope() || 11169 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11170 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11171 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11172 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11173 S = S->getParent(); 11174 } else { 11175 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11176 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11177 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11178 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11179 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11180 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11181 } 11182 11183 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11184 // diagnose some problems. 11185 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11186 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11187 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11188 } 11189 } 11190 11191 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11192 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11193 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11194 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11195 11196 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11197 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11198 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11199 // in C++. 11200 // 11201 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11202 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11203 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11204 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11205 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11206 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11207 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11208 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11209 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11210 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11211 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11212 PrevDecl = Tag; 11213 Previous.clear(); 11214 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11215 Previous.resolveKind(); 11216 } 11217 } 11218 } 11219 } 11220 11221 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11222 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11223 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11224 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11225 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11226 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11227 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11228 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11229 // struct or something similar. 11230 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11231 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11232 *Name)) { 11233 bool SafeToContinue 11234 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11235 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11236 if (SafeToContinue) 11237 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11238 << Name 11239 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11240 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11241 else 11242 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11243 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11244 11245 if (SafeToContinue) 11246 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11247 else { 11248 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11249 Name = nullptr; 11250 Previous.clear(); 11251 Invalid = true; 11252 } 11253 } 11254 11255 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11256 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11257 11258 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11259 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11260 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11261 if (ScopedEnum) 11262 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11263 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11264 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11265 return PrevTagDecl; 11266 } 11267 11268 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11269 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11270 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11271 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11272 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11273 11274 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11275 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11276 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11277 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11278 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11279 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11280 } 11281 11282 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11283 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11284 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11285 // and then later defined. 11286 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11287 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11288 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11289 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11290 } 11291 11292 if (!Invalid) { 11293 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11294 // we have attributes. 11295 11296 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11297 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11298 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11299 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11300 if (!Attr && 11301 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11302 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11303 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11304 return PrevTagDecl; 11305 11306 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11307 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11308 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11309 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11310 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11311 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11312 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11313 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11314 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11315 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11316 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11317 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11318 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11319 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11320 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11321 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11322 } 11323 11324 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11325 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11326 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11327 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11328 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11329 else 11330 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11331 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11332 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11333 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11334 // references get the previous definition. 11335 Name = nullptr; 11336 Previous.clear(); 11337 Invalid = true; 11338 } 11339 } else { 11340 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11341 // about a nested redefinition. 11342 const TagType *Tag 11343 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11344 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11345 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11346 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11347 diag::note_previous_definition); 11348 Name = nullptr; 11349 Previous.clear(); 11350 Invalid = true; 11351 } 11352 } 11353 11354 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11355 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11356 } 11357 11358 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11359 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11360 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11361 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11362 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11363 AS = AS_none; 11364 } 11365 } 11366 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11367 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11368 11369 } else { 11370 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11371 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11372 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11373 // have distinct types. 11374 Previous.clear(); 11375 } 11376 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11377 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11378 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11379 11380 11381 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11382 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11383 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11384 } else { 11385 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11386 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11387 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11388 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11389 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11390 unsigned Kind = 0; 11391 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11392 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11393 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11394 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11395 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11396 Invalid = true; 11397 11398 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11399 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11400 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11401 // do nothing 11402 11403 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11404 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11405 unsigned Kind = 0; 11406 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11407 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11408 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11409 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11410 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11411 Invalid = true; 11412 11413 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11414 // case here. 11415 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11416 unsigned Kind = 0; 11417 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11418 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11419 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11420 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11421 Invalid = true; 11422 11423 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11424 } else { 11425 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11426 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11427 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11428 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11429 Name = nullptr; 11430 Invalid = true; 11431 } 11432 11433 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11434 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11435 Previous.clear(); 11436 } 11437 } 11438 11439 CreateNewDecl: 11440 11441 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11442 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11443 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11444 11445 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11446 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11447 // keyword. 11448 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11449 11450 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11451 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11452 // PrevDecl. 11453 TagDecl *New; 11454 11455 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11456 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11457 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11458 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11459 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11460 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11461 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11462 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11463 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11464 TagDecl *Def; 11465 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11466 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11467 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11468 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11469 } 11470 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11471 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11472 << New; 11473 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11474 } else { 11475 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11476 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11477 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11478 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11479 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11480 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11481 11482 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11483 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11484 // the declaration context. 11485 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11486 IsForwardReference = true; 11487 } 11488 } 11489 11490 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11491 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11492 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11493 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11494 else 11495 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11496 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11497 } 11498 11499 } else { 11500 // struct/union/class 11501 11502 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11503 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11504 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11505 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11506 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11507 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11508 11509 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11510 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11511 } else 11512 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11513 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11514 } 11515 11516 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11517 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11518 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11520 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11521 Invalid = true; 11522 } 11523 11524 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11525 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11526 if (SS.isSet()) { 11527 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11528 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11529 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11530 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11531 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11532 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11533 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11534 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11535 Invalid = true; 11536 11537 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11538 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11539 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11540 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11541 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11542 } 11543 } 11544 else 11545 Invalid = true; 11546 } 11547 11548 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11549 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11550 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11551 // 11552 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11553 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11554 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11555 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11556 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11557 // parsing of the struct). 11558 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11559 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11560 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11561 } 11562 } 11563 11564 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11565 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11566 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11567 << 2 11568 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11569 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11570 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11571 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11572 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11573 New->setModulePrivate(); 11574 } 11575 11576 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11577 // check the specialization. 11578 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11579 Invalid = true; 11580 11581 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11582 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11583 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11584 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11585 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11586 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11587 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11588 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11589 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11590 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11591 << Name; 11592 Invalid = true; 11593 } 11594 } else { 11595 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11596 } 11597 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11598 } 11599 11600 if (Invalid) 11601 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11602 11603 if (Attr) 11604 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11605 11606 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11607 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11608 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11609 11610 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11611 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11612 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11613 // the tag name visible. 11614 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11615 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11616 11617 // Set the access specifier. 11618 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11619 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11620 11621 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11622 New->startDefinition(); 11623 11624 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11625 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11626 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11627 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11628 if (PrevDecl) 11629 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11630 11631 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11632 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11633 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11634 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11635 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11636 } else if (Name) { 11637 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11638 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11639 if (IsForwardReference) 11640 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11641 11642 } else { 11643 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11644 } 11645 11646 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11647 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11648 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11649 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11650 II->isStr("FILE")) 11651 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11652 11653 if (PrevDecl) 11654 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11655 11656 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11657 // record. 11658 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11659 11660 OwnedDecl = true; 11661 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11662 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11663 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11664 } 11665 11666 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11667 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11668 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11669 11670 // Enter the tag context. 11671 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11672 11673 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11674 11675 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11676 // record. 11677 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11678 } 11679 11680 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11681 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11682 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11683 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11684 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11685 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11686 CurContext = OCD; 11687 return IDecl; 11688 } 11689 11690 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11691 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11692 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11693 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11694 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11695 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11696 11697 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11698 11699 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11700 return; 11701 11702 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11703 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11704 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11705 11706 // C++ [class]p2: 11707 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11708 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11709 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11710 // as if it were a public member name. 11711 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11712 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11713 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11714 Record->getIdentifier(), 11715 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11716 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11717 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11718 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11719 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11720 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11721 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11722 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11723 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11724 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11725 } 11726 11727 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11728 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11729 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11730 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11731 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11732 11733 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11734 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11735 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11736 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11737 RD->completeDefinition(); 11738 } 11739 11740 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11741 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11742 11743 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11744 PopDeclContext(); 11745 11746 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11747 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11748 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11749 11750 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11751 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11752 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11753 } 11754 11755 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11756 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11757 PopDeclContext(); 11758 } 11759 11760 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11761 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11762 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11763 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11764 } 11765 11766 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11767 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11768 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11769 } 11770 11771 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11772 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11773 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11774 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11775 11776 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11777 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11778 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11779 RD->completeDefinition(); 11780 } 11781 11782 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11783 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11784 // the FieldCollector. 11785 11786 PopDeclContext(); 11787 } 11788 11789 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11790 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11791 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11792 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11793 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11794 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11795 if (ZeroWidth) 11796 *ZeroWidth = true; 11797 11798 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11799 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11800 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11801 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11802 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11803 return ExprError(); 11804 if (FieldName) 11805 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11806 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11807 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11808 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11809 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11810 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11811 return ExprError(); 11812 11813 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11814 // it now. 11815 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11816 return BitWidth; 11817 11818 llvm::APSInt Value; 11819 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11820 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11821 return ICE; 11822 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 11823 11824 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11825 *ZeroWidth = false; 11826 11827 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11828 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11829 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11830 11831 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11832 if (FieldName) 11833 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11834 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11835 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11836 << Value.toString(10); 11837 } 11838 11839 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11840 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11841 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11842 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11843 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11844 if (FieldName) 11845 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11846 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11847 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11848 11849 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11850 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11851 } 11852 11853 if (FieldName) 11854 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11855 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11856 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11857 else 11858 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11859 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11860 } 11861 } 11862 11863 return BitWidth; 11864 } 11865 11866 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11867 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11868 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11869 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11870 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11871 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11872 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11873 return Res; 11874 } 11875 11876 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11877 /// 11878 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11879 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11880 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11881 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11882 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11883 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11884 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11885 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11886 11887 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11888 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11889 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11890 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11891 11892 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11893 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11894 D.setInvalidType(); 11895 T = Context.IntTy; 11896 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11897 } 11898 } 11899 11900 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11901 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11902 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11903 D.setInvalidType(); 11904 } 11905 11906 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11907 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11908 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11909 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11910 D.setInvalidType(); 11911 } 11912 11913 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11914 11915 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11916 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11917 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11918 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11919 11920 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11921 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11922 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11923 LookupName(Previous, S); 11924 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11925 case LookupResult::Found: 11926 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11927 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11928 break; 11929 11930 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11931 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11932 break; 11933 11934 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11935 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11936 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11937 break; 11938 } 11939 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11940 11941 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11942 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11943 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11944 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11945 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11946 } 11947 11948 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11949 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11950 11951 bool Mutable 11952 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11953 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11954 FieldDecl *NewFD 11955 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11956 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11957 11958 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11959 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11960 11961 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11962 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11963 11964 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11965 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11966 // with the same name in the same scope. 11967 } else if (II) { 11968 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11969 } else 11970 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11971 11972 return NewFD; 11973 } 11974 11975 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11976 /// 11977 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11978 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11979 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11980 /// created. 11981 /// 11982 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11983 /// 11984 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11985 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11987 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11988 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11989 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11990 SourceLocation TSSL, 11991 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11992 Declarator *D) { 11993 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11994 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11995 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11996 11997 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11998 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11999 if (T.isNull()) { 12000 InvalidDecl = true; 12001 T = Context.IntTy; 12002 } 12003 12004 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12005 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12006 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12007 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12008 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12009 InvalidDecl = true; 12010 } else { 12011 NamedDecl *Def; 12012 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12013 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12014 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12015 InvalidDecl = true; 12016 } 12017 } 12018 } 12019 12020 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12021 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12022 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12023 InvalidDecl = true; 12024 } 12025 12026 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12027 // than a variably modified type. 12028 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12029 bool SizeIsNegative; 12030 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12031 12032 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12033 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12034 SizeIsNegative, 12035 Oversized); 12036 if (FixedTInfo) { 12037 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12038 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12039 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12040 } else { 12041 if (SizeIsNegative) 12042 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12043 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12044 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12045 << Oversized.toString(10); 12046 else 12047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12048 InvalidDecl = true; 12049 } 12050 } 12051 12052 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12053 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12054 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12055 AbstractFieldType)) 12056 InvalidDecl = true; 12057 12058 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12059 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12060 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12061 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12062 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12063 if (!BitWidth) { 12064 InvalidDecl = true; 12065 BitWidth = nullptr; 12066 ZeroWidth = false; 12067 } 12068 } 12069 12070 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12071 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12072 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12073 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12074 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12075 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12076 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12077 12078 if (DiagID) { 12079 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12080 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12081 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12082 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12083 Mutable = false; 12084 InvalidDecl = true; 12085 } 12086 } 12087 12088 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12089 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12090 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12091 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12092 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12093 12094 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12095 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12096 if (InvalidDecl) 12097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12098 12099 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12100 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12101 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12102 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12103 } 12104 12105 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12106 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12107 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12108 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12109 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12110 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12111 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12112 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12113 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12114 // objects. 12115 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12116 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12117 } 12118 } 12119 12120 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12121 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12122 // enabled. 12123 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12124 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12125 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12126 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12127 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12128 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12129 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12130 } 12131 } 12132 } 12133 12134 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12135 // representation, not a parser representation. 12136 if (D) { 12137 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12138 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12139 12140 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12141 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12142 } 12143 12144 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12145 // retainable type. 12146 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12147 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12148 12149 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12150 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12151 12152 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12153 return NewFD; 12154 } 12155 12156 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12157 assert(FD); 12158 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12159 12160 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12161 return false; 12162 12163 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12164 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12165 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12166 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12167 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12168 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12169 // copy constructors. 12170 12171 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12172 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12173 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12174 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12175 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12176 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12177 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12178 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12179 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12180 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12181 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12182 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12183 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12184 member = CXXDestructor; 12185 12186 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12187 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12188 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12189 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12190 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12191 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12192 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12193 // members unavailable. 12194 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12195 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12196 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12197 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12198 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12199 Loc)); 12200 return false; 12201 } 12202 } 12203 12204 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12205 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12206 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12207 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12208 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12209 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12210 } 12211 } 12212 } 12213 12214 return false; 12215 } 12216 12217 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12218 /// AST enum value. 12219 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12220 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12221 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12222 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12223 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12224 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12225 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12226 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12227 } 12228 } 12229 12230 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12231 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12232 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12233 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12234 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12235 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12236 12237 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12238 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12239 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12240 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12241 12242 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12243 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12244 12245 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12246 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12247 12248 if (BitWidth) { 12249 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12250 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12251 if (!BitWidth) 12252 D.setInvalidType(); 12253 } else { 12254 // Not a bitfield. 12255 12256 // validate II. 12257 12258 } 12259 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12261 D.setInvalidType(); 12262 } 12263 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12264 // than a variably modified type. 12265 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12266 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12267 D.setInvalidType(); 12268 } 12269 12270 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12271 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12272 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12273 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12274 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12275 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12276 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12277 return nullptr; 12278 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12279 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12280 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12281 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12282 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12283 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12284 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12285 } 12286 else 12287 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12288 } else { 12289 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12290 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12291 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12292 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12293 return nullptr; 12294 } 12295 } 12296 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12297 } 12298 12299 // Construct the decl. 12300 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12301 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12302 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12303 12304 if (II) { 12305 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12306 ForRedeclaration); 12307 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12308 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12310 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12311 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12312 } 12313 } 12314 12315 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12316 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12317 12318 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12319 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12320 12321 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12322 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12323 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12324 12325 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12326 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12327 12328 if (II) { 12329 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12330 // these to the interface. 12331 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12332 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12333 } 12334 12335 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12336 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12337 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12338 12339 return NewID; 12340 } 12341 12342 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12343 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12344 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12345 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12346 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12347 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12348 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12349 return; 12350 12351 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12352 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12353 12354 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12355 return; 12356 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12357 if (!ID) { 12358 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12359 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12360 return; 12361 } 12362 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12363 else 12364 return; 12365 } 12366 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12367 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12368 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12369 12370 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12371 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12372 Context.CharTy, 12373 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12374 DeclLoc), 12375 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12376 true); 12377 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12378 } 12379 12380 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12381 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12382 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12383 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12384 12385 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12386 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12387 // it will now change. 12388 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12389 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12390 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12391 default: break; 12392 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12393 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12394 break; 12395 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12396 Context. 12397 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12398 break; 12399 } 12400 } 12401 12402 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12403 12404 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12405 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12406 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12407 if (Record) { 12408 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12409 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12410 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12411 ++NumNamedMembers; 12412 } 12413 } 12414 12415 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12416 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12417 12418 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12419 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12420 i != end; ++i) { 12421 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12422 12423 // Get the type for the field. 12424 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12425 12426 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12427 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12428 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12429 } 12430 12431 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12432 // diagnostics about it. 12433 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12434 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12435 continue; 12436 } 12437 12438 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12439 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12440 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12441 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12442 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12443 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12444 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12445 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12446 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12447 // array. 12448 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12449 // Field declared as a function. 12450 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12451 << FD->getDeclName(); 12452 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12453 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12454 continue; 12455 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12456 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12457 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12458 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12459 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12460 // Flexible array member. 12461 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12462 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12463 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12464 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12465 if (Record->isUnion()) 12466 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12467 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12468 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12469 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12470 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12471 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12472 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12473 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12474 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12475 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12476 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12477 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12478 : 0; 12479 12480 if (DiagID) 12481 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12482 << Record->getTagKind(); 12483 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12484 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12485 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12486 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12487 // of the type. 12488 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12489 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12490 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12491 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12492 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12493 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12494 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12495 12496 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12497 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12498 // 12499 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12500 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12501 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12502 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12503 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12504 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12505 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12506 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12507 continue; 12508 } 12509 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12510 if (Record) 12511 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12512 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12513 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12514 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12515 // Incomplete type 12516 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12517 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12518 continue; 12519 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12520 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12521 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12522 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12523 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12524 } else { 12525 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12526 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12527 // structures. 12528 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12529 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12530 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12531 else { 12532 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12533 // other structs as an extension. 12534 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12535 << FD->getDeclName(); 12536 if (Record) 12537 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12538 } 12539 } 12540 } 12541 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12542 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12543 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12544 AbstractIvarType)) { 12545 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12546 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12547 } 12548 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12549 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12550 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12551 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12552 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12553 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12554 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12556 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12557 FD->setType(T); 12558 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12559 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12560 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12561 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12562 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12563 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12564 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12565 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12566 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12567 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12568 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12569 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12570 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12571 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12572 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12573 loc)); 12574 } 12575 } else { 12576 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12577 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12578 } 12579 ARCErrReported = true; 12580 } 12581 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12582 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12583 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12584 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12585 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12586 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12587 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12588 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12589 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12590 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12591 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12592 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12593 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12594 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12595 } 12596 } 12597 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12598 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12599 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12600 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12601 ++NumNamedMembers; 12602 } 12603 12604 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12605 if (Record) { 12606 bool Completed = false; 12607 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12608 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12609 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12610 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12611 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12612 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12613 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12614 12615 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12616 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12617 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12618 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12619 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12620 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12621 } 12622 12623 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12624 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12625 12626 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12627 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12628 // problem now. 12629 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12630 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12631 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12632 12633 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12634 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12635 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12636 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12637 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12638 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12639 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12640 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12641 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12642 continue; 12643 12644 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12645 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12646 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12647 // program is ill-formed. 12648 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12649 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12650 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12651 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12652 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12653 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12654 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12655 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12656 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12657 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12658 12659 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12660 } 12661 } 12662 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12663 Completed = true; 12664 } 12665 } 12666 } 12667 } 12668 12669 if (!Completed) 12670 Record->completeDefinition(); 12671 12672 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12673 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12674 12675 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12676 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12677 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12678 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12679 } 12680 12681 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12682 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12683 // compatibility problems. 12684 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12685 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12686 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12687 } else { 12688 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12689 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12690 CheckForZeroSize = 12691 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12692 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12693 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12694 } 12695 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12696 bool ZeroSize = true; 12697 bool IsEmpty = true; 12698 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12699 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12700 E = Record->field_end(); 12701 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12702 IsEmpty = false; 12703 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12704 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12705 ZeroSize = false; 12706 } else { 12707 ++NonBitFields; 12708 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12709 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12710 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12711 ZeroSize = false; 12712 } 12713 } 12714 12715 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12716 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12717 // extern "C" block. 12718 if (ZeroSize) { 12719 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12720 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12721 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12722 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12723 } 12724 12725 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12726 // but are accepted by GCC. 12727 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12728 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12729 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12730 << Record->isUnion(); 12731 } 12732 } 12733 } else { 12734 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12735 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12736 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12737 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12738 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12739 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12740 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12741 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12742 } 12743 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12744 // duplicates. 12745 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12746 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12747 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12748 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12749 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12750 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12751 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12752 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12753 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12754 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12755 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12756 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12757 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12758 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12759 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12760 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12761 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12762 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12763 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12764 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12765 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12766 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12767 if (IDecl) { 12768 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12769 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12770 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12771 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12772 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12773 continue; 12774 } 12775 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12776 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12777 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12778 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12779 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12780 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12781 continue; 12782 } 12783 } 12784 } 12785 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12786 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12787 } 12788 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12789 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12790 } 12791 } 12792 12793 if (Attr) 12794 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12795 } 12796 12797 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12798 /// the given type T. 12799 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12800 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12801 QualType T) { 12802 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12803 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12804 12805 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12806 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12807 --BitWidth; 12808 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12809 } 12810 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12811 } 12812 12813 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12814 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12815 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12816 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12817 // enum checking below. 12818 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12819 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12820 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12821 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12822 }; 12823 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12824 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12825 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12826 }; 12827 12828 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12829 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12830 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12831 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12832 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12833 return Types[I]; 12834 12835 return QualType(); 12836 } 12837 12838 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12839 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12840 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12841 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12842 Expr *Val) { 12843 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12844 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12845 QualType EltTy; 12846 12847 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12848 Val = nullptr; 12849 12850 if (Val) 12851 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 12852 12853 if (Val) { 12854 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12855 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12856 else { 12857 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12859 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12860 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12861 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12862 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12863 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12864 ExprResult Converted = 12865 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12866 CCEK_Enumerator); 12867 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12868 Val = nullptr; 12869 else 12870 Val = Converted.get(); 12871 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12872 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12873 &EnumVal).get())) { 12874 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12875 } else { 12876 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12877 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12878 12879 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12880 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12881 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12882 // expression checking. 12883 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12884 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12885 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12886 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12887 } else 12888 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12889 } else 12890 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12891 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12892 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12893 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12894 // is the type of its initializing value: 12895 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12896 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12897 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12898 } else { 12899 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12900 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12901 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12902 // representable as an int. 12903 12904 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12905 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12906 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12907 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12908 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12909 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12910 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12911 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12912 } 12913 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12914 } 12915 } 12916 } 12917 } 12918 12919 if (!Val) { 12920 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12921 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12922 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12923 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12924 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12925 // is the type of its initializing value: 12926 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12927 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12928 // 12929 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12930 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12931 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12932 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12933 } 12934 else { 12935 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12936 } 12937 } else { 12938 // Assign the last value + 1. 12939 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12940 ++EnumVal; 12941 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12942 12943 // Check for overflow on increment. 12944 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12945 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12946 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12947 // is the type of its initializing value: 12948 // 12949 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12950 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12951 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12952 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12953 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12954 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12955 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12956 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12957 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12958 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12959 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12960 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12961 ++EnumVal; 12962 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12963 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12964 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12965 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12966 << EltTy; 12967 else 12968 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12969 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12970 } else { 12971 EltTy = T; 12972 } 12973 12974 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12975 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12976 // value, then increment. 12977 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12978 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12979 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12980 ++EnumVal; 12981 12982 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12983 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12984 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12985 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12986 // integral type. 12987 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12988 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12989 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12990 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12991 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12992 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12993 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12994 } 12995 } 12996 } 12997 12998 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12999 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13000 // enumerator's type. 13001 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13002 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13003 } 13004 13005 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13006 Val, EnumVal); 13007 } 13008 13009 13010 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13011 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13012 AttributeList *Attr, 13013 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13014 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13015 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13016 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13017 13018 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13019 // we find one that is. 13020 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13021 13022 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13023 // scope. 13024 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13025 ForRedeclaration); 13026 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13027 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13028 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13029 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13030 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13031 } 13032 13033 if (PrevDecl) { 13034 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13035 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13036 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13037 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13038 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13039 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13040 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13041 else 13042 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13043 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13044 return nullptr; 13045 } 13046 } 13047 13048 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13049 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13050 // different from T: 13051 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13052 // enumerated type 13053 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13054 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13055 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13056 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13057 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13058 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13059 13060 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13061 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13062 13063 if (New) { 13064 // Process attributes. 13065 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13066 13067 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13068 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13069 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13070 } 13071 13072 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13073 13074 return New; 13075 } 13076 13077 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13078 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13079 // Element2 = Element1 13080 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13081 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13082 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13083 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13084 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13085 if (!InitExpr) 13086 return true; 13087 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13088 13089 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13090 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13091 return true; 13092 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13093 if (!IL) 13094 return true; 13095 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13096 return true; 13097 13098 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13099 } 13100 13101 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13102 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13103 if (!DRE) 13104 return true; 13105 13106 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13107 if (!EnumConstant) 13108 return true; 13109 13110 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13111 Enum) 13112 return true; 13113 13114 return false; 13115 } 13116 13117 struct DupKey { 13118 int64_t val; 13119 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13120 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13121 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13122 }; 13123 13124 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13125 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13126 false); 13127 } 13128 13129 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13130 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13131 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13132 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13133 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13134 } 13135 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13136 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13137 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13138 } 13139 }; 13140 13141 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13142 // a previous element has already been set to. 13143 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13144 EnumDecl *Enum, 13145 QualType EnumType) { 13146 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13147 return; 13148 // Avoid anonymous enums 13149 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13150 return; 13151 13152 // Only check for small enums. 13153 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13154 return; 13155 13156 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13157 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13158 13159 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13160 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13161 ValueToVectorMap; 13162 13163 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13164 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13165 13166 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13167 // an initialier. 13168 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13169 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13170 13171 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13172 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13173 if (!ECD) { 13174 return; 13175 } 13176 13177 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13178 continue; 13179 13180 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13181 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13182 13183 // First time encountering this value. 13184 if (Entry.isNull()) 13185 Entry = ECD; 13186 } 13187 13188 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13189 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13190 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13191 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13192 continue; 13193 13194 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13195 13196 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13197 if (Entry.isNull()) 13198 continue; 13199 13200 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13201 // Ensure constants are different. 13202 if (D == ECD) 13203 continue; 13204 13205 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13206 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13207 Vec->push_back(D); 13208 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13209 13210 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13211 Entry = Vec; 13212 13213 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13214 // diagnostics. 13215 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13216 continue; 13217 } 13218 13219 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13220 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13221 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13222 continue; 13223 13224 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13225 } 13226 13227 // Emit diagnostics. 13228 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13229 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13230 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13231 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13232 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13233 13234 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13235 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13236 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13237 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13238 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13239 ++I; 13240 13241 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13242 // the same value. 13243 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13244 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13245 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13246 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13247 delete Vec; 13248 } 13249 } 13250 13251 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13252 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13253 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13254 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13255 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13256 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13257 13258 if (Attr) 13259 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13260 13261 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13262 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13263 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13264 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13265 if (!ECD) continue; 13266 13267 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13268 } 13269 13270 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13271 return; 13272 } 13273 13274 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13275 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13276 // emit a warning. 13277 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13278 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13279 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13280 13281 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13282 // reverse the list. 13283 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13284 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13285 13286 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13287 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13288 13289 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13290 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13291 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13292 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13293 13294 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13295 13296 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13297 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13298 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13299 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13300 else 13301 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13302 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13303 13304 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13305 if (AllElementsInt) 13306 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13307 } 13308 13309 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13310 QualType BestType; 13311 unsigned BestWidth; 13312 13313 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13314 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13315 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13316 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13317 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13318 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13319 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13320 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13321 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13322 QualType BestPromotionType; 13323 13324 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13325 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13326 // enum definitions. 13327 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13328 Packed = true; 13329 13330 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13331 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13332 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13333 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13334 else 13335 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13336 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13337 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13338 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13339 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13340 } 13341 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13342 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13343 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13344 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13345 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13346 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13347 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13348 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13349 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13350 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13351 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13352 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13353 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13354 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13355 } else { 13356 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13357 13358 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13359 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13360 } else { 13361 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13362 13363 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13364 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13365 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13366 } 13367 } 13368 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13369 } else { 13370 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13371 // all of the enumerator values. 13372 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13373 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13374 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13375 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13376 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13377 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13378 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13379 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13380 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13381 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13382 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13383 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13384 BestPromotionType 13385 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13386 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13387 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13388 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13389 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13390 BestPromotionType 13391 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13392 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13393 } else { 13394 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13395 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13396 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13397 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13398 BestPromotionType 13399 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13400 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13401 } 13402 } 13403 13404 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13405 // the type of the enum if needed. 13406 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13407 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13408 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13409 13410 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13411 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13412 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13413 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13414 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13415 13416 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13417 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13418 13419 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13420 // the enum decl type. 13421 QualType NewTy; 13422 unsigned NewWidth; 13423 bool NewSign; 13424 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13425 !Enum->isFixed() && 13426 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13427 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13428 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13429 NewSign = true; 13430 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13431 // Already the right type! 13432 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13433 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13434 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13435 // enumeration. 13436 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13437 continue; 13438 } else { 13439 NewTy = BestType; 13440 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13441 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13442 } 13443 13444 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13445 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13446 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13447 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13448 13449 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13450 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13451 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13452 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13453 CK_IntegralCast, 13454 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13455 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13456 VK_RValue)); 13457 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13458 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13459 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13460 // enumeration. 13461 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13462 else 13463 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13464 } 13465 13466 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13467 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13468 13469 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13470 13471 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13472 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13473 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13474 } 13475 13476 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13477 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13478 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13479 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13480 13481 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13482 AsmString, StartLoc, 13483 EndLoc); 13484 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13485 return New; 13486 } 13487 13488 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13489 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13490 DeclContext *DC) { 13491 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13492 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13493 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13494 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13495 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13496 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13497 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13498 return; 13499 } 13500 break; 13501 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13502 break; 13503 } 13504 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13505 } 13506 13507 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13508 DC = DC->getParent(); 13509 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13510 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13511 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13512 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13513 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13514 << DC; 13515 } 13516 } 13517 13518 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13519 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13520 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13521 Module *Mod = 13522 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13523 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13524 if (!Mod) 13525 return true; 13526 13527 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13528 13529 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13530 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13531 // silently ignoring the import. 13532 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13533 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13534 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13535 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13536 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13537 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13538 13539 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13540 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13541 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13542 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13543 // We need the length to be consistent. 13544 if (!ModCheck) 13545 break; 13546 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13547 13548 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13549 } 13550 13551 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13552 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13553 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13554 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13555 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13556 return Import; 13557 } 13558 13559 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13560 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13561 13562 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13563 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13564 /*Complain=*/true); 13565 } 13566 13567 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13568 Module *Mod) { 13569 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13570 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13571 return; 13572 13573 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13574 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13575 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13576 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13577 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13578 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13579 13580 // Make the module visible. 13581 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13582 /*Complain=*/false); 13583 } 13584 13585 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13586 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13587 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13588 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13589 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13590 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13591 LookupOrdinaryName); 13592 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13593 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13594 13595 if (PrevDecl) 13596 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13597 else 13598 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13599 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13600 } 13601 13602 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13603 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13604 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13605 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13606 13607 if (PrevDecl) { 13608 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13609 } else { 13610 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13611 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13612 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13613 } 13614 } 13615 13616 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13617 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13618 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13619 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13620 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13621 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13622 LookupOrdinaryName); 13623 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13624 13625 if (PrevDecl) { 13626 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13627 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13628 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13629 } else { 13630 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13631 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13632 } 13633 } 13634 13635 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13636 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13637 } 13638 13639 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13640 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13641 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13642 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13643 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13644 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13645 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13646 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13647 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13648 if (R != AR_Available) 13649 return R; 13650 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13651 } 13652 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13653 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13654 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13655 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13656 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13657 } 13658 // Recover from user error. 13659 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13660 } 13661